<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/skins/common/feed.css?303"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Madhurig</id>
		<title>Script | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Madhurig"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Special:Contributions/Madhurig"/>
		<updated>2026-04-28T23:10:45Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.23.17</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T09:54:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the Script: Alias Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, alias, AS keyword, space, underscore, double quotes, video tutorial, EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Title Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Alias Names''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
* space,&lt;br /&gt;
* AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
* underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
* double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To record this tutorial, I am using'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PostgreSQL version 18.1, and'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''pgAdmin 4 version 9.11.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''an-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute query icon to run the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the student table with all the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is an Alias?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see what an alias is?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alias is a temporary name given to a column or a table.&lt;br /&gt;
It improves the readability of the output.&lt;br /&gt;
Alias names exist only for the duration of the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname fullname FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us create an alias using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''studentname fullname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''studentname''' is the original column name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''fullname''' is the alias given using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute query''' button to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the '''studentname''' column with the new heading '''fullname'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city AS studentcity FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an '''alias''' using the '''as''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city AS studentcity'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''AS''' keyword explicitly assigns the '''alias''' name '''studentcity''' to the '''city''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output..&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
The original column name '''city''' is now replaced with '''studentcity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us use an '''underscore''' in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''student_id'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''student_id''' is the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
The '''underscore''' is used to separate words for better readability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading is now changed to '''student_id'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight: SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here the '''AS''' keyword is optional, it means the query runs with or without '''AS''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both the queries give the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT cgpa AS &amp;quot;Student cgpa&amp;quot; FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an alias using double quotes. Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''&amp;quot;student cgpa&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here double quotes allow us to include spaces in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Double quotes are required when the '''alias''' contains spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading '''cpga''' is now changed to  '''student cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Alias''' names are temporary and do not modify the actual table structure.&lt;br /&gt;
To check, let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that the actual table is not modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial we have learnt to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• space,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create alias names for gender and date of birth columns using different methods of  aliasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank You'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Private Limited, SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T09:39:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the Script: Alias Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, alias, AS keyword, space, underscore, double quotes, video tutorial, EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Title Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Alias Names''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
* space,&lt;br /&gt;
* AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
* underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
* double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To record this tutorial, I am using'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PostgreSQL version 18.1, and'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''pgAdmin 4 version 9.11.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''an-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute query icon to run the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the student table with all the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is an Alias?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see what an alias is?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alias is a temporary name given to a column or a table.&lt;br /&gt;
It improves the readability of the output.&lt;br /&gt;
Alias names exist only for the duration of the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname fullname FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us create an alias using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''studentname fullname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''studentname''' is the original column name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''fullname''' is the alias given using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute query''' button to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the '''studentname''' column with the new heading '''fullname'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city AS studentcity FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an '''alias''' using the '''as''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city AS studentcity'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''AS''' keyword explicitly assigns the '''alias''' name '''studentcity''' to the '''city''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output..&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
The original column name '''city''' is now replaced with '''studentcity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us use an '''underscore''' in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''student_id'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''student_id''' is the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
The '''underscore''' is used to separate words for better readability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading is now changed to '''student_id'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight: SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here the '''AS''' keyword is optional, it means the query runs with or without '''AS'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Both the queries give the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT cgpa AS &amp;quot;Student cgpa&amp;quot; FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an alias using double quotes. Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''&amp;quot;student cgpa&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here double quotes allow us to include spaces in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Double quotes are required when the '''alias''' contains spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading '''cpga''' is now changed to  '''student cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Alias''' names are temporary and do not modify the actual table structure.&lt;br /&gt;
To check, let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that the actual table is not modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial we have learnt to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• space,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create alias names for gender and date of birth columns using different methods of  aliasing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank You'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Private Limited, SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T09:36:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the Script: Alias Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, alias, AS keyword, space, underscore, double quotes, video tutorial, EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Title Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Alias Names''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
* space,&lt;br /&gt;
* AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
* underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
* double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To record this tutorial, I am using'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PostgreSQL version 18.1, and'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''pgAdmin 4 version 9.11.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''an-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute query icon to run the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the student table with all the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is an Alias?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see what an alias is?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alias is a temporary name given to a column or a table.&lt;br /&gt;
It improves the readability of the output.&lt;br /&gt;
Alias names exist only for the duration of the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname fullname FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us create an alias using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''studentname fullname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''studentname''' is the original column name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''fullname''' is the alias given using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute query''' button to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the '''studentname''' column with the new heading '''fullname'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city AS studentcity FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an '''alias''' using the '''as''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city AS studentcity'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''AS''' keyword explicitly assigns the '''alias''' name '''studentcity''' to the '''city''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output..&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
The original column name '''city''' is now replaced with '''studentcity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us use an '''underscore''' in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''student_id'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''student_id''' is the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
The '''underscore''' is used to separate words for better readability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading is now changed to '''student_id'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight: SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here the '''AS''' keyword is optional, it means the query runs with or without '''AS'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Both the queries give the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT cgpa AS &amp;quot;Student cgpa&amp;quot; FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an alias using double quotes. Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''&amp;quot;student cgpa&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here double quotes allow us to include spaces in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Double quotes are required when the '''alias''' contains spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading '''cpga''' is now changed to  '''student cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Alias''' names are temporary and do not modify the actual table structure.&lt;br /&gt;
To check, let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that the actual table is not modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial we have learnt to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• space,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create alias names for gender and date of birth columns using different methods of  aliasing.&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT * FROM students;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank You'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Private Limited, SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Alias-Names/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T09:34:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the Script: Alias Names&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, alias, AS keyword, space, underscore, double quotes, video tutorial, EduPyramids.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Title Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Alias Names''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
* space,&lt;br /&gt;
* AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
* underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
* double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To record this tutorial, I am using'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PostgreSQL version 18.1, and'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''pgAdmin 4 version 9.11.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• '''an-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''pgAdmin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute query icon to run the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the student table with all the records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is an Alias?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see what an alias is?&lt;br /&gt;
An alias is a temporary name given to a column or a table.&lt;br /&gt;
It improves the readability of the output.&lt;br /&gt;
Alias names exist only for the duration of the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname fullname FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us create an alias using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''studentname fullname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''studentname''' is the original column name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''fullname''' is the alias given using a '''space'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute query''' button to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the '''studentname''' column with the new heading '''fullname'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city AS studentcity FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an '''alias''' using the '''as''' keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city AS studentcity'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''AS''' keyword explicitly assigns the '''alias''' name '''studentcity''' to the '''city''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output..&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
The original column name '''city''' is now replaced with '''studentcity'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us use an '''underscore''' in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''student_id'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''student_id''' is the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
The '''underscore''' is used to separate words for better readability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading is now changed to '''student_id'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight: SELECT studentid AS student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentid student_id FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here the '''AS''' keyword is optional, it means the query runs with or without '''AS'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Both the queries give the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT cgpa AS &amp;quot;Student cgpa&amp;quot; FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us create an alias using double quotes. Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight '''&amp;quot;student cgpa&amp;quot;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here double quotes allow us to include spaces in the '''alias''' name.&lt;br /&gt;
Double quotes are required when the '''alias''' contains spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query''' icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
The column heading '''cpga''' is now changed to  '''student cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Alias''' names are temporary and do not modify the actual table structure.&lt;br /&gt;
To check, let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that the actual table is not modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial we have learnt to,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Create alias names using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• space,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• AS keyword,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• underscore and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create alias names for gender and date of birth columns using different methods of  aliasing.&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT * FROM students;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank You'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Private Limited, SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T08:01:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a' '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern within single quotes '''percentage a''' means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the ''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose ''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The ''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column_names FROM table_name WHERE [condition];'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 + 21+ 22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T07:02:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after''' R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern ''''%a' '''means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT''' '''BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column-names FROM table-name WHERE [condition];'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 +21+22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-28T06:56:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE columnN LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after''' R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern ''''%a' '''means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT''' '''BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column-names FROM table-name WHERE [condition]'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 +21+22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-27T11:06:01Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE columnN LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after''' R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern ''''%a' '''means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT''' '''BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column-names FROM table-name WHERE [condition]'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 +21+22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/GROUP-BY-and-HAVING-Clause/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/GROUP-BY-and-HAVING-Clause/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/GROUP-BY-and-HAVING-Clause/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-27T06:10:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title of the Script: GROUP BY and HAVING Clause'''   '''Author: Ketki Bhamble / EduPyramids'''   '''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, query, GROUP BY clause, HAVING claus...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: GROUP BY and HAVING Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Ketki Bhamble / EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, query, GROUP BY clause, HAVING clause, aggregate functions, COUNT(*), EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''GROUP BY and HAVING Clause''' in '''PostgreSQL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''GROUP BY '''clause &lt;br /&gt;
* Apply aggregate functions with '''GROUP''' '''BY''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* Filter grouped results using the '''HAVING''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''gh-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have opened the '''pgAdmin4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Display the students table on the screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT * FROM students;&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the '''students''' table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''student ID''', '''name''', '''city,''' '''gender''', date of birth, and '''CGPA'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''GROUP BY''' clause groups rows that have the same values into summary rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with aggregate functions to organise results.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of GROUP BY'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_name, aggregate_function(column_name)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY column_name;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' GROUP BY clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY clause '''groups rows with the same column values.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us find the number of students from each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, COUNT(*) '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It groups rows by city and counts the total number of students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows each city with the total number of students from that city.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us calculate the average '''CGPA''' of students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query groups students by city and calculates the average '''CGPA '''for each group.Let us execute this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can also group records using other columns such as gender.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT gender, COUNT(*)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY gender;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query groups students based on gender.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows the count of male and female students in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''HAVING''' clause filters grouped results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''GROUP BY''' clause and aggregate functions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, COUNT(*)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING COUNT(*) &amp;gt; 2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query groups the records by '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It displays only those cities where the number of students is greater than 2.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2) &amp;gt; 8.5;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''HAVING''' clause filters the grouped results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It displays only those cities where the average '''CGPA''' is greater than 8 point 5.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type: '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT city, COUNT(*)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa &amp;gt; 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GROUP BY city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAVING COUNT(*) &amp;gt; 1;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the results in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query, we will analyze student data city-wise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we filter students with '''CGPA''' greater than 8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, we group these students by city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''WHERE''' clause filters rows before grouping. However the''' HAVING '''clause filters groups after aggregation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then we will count students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output displays only those cities with more than one student.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the GROUP BY clause, &lt;br /&gt;
* Apply aggregate functions with GROUP BY, and &lt;br /&gt;
* Filter grouped results using the HAVING clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarize.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10 + 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an Assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the maximum '''CGPA''' obtained by students in each city.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the minimum '''CGPA '''for each gender.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the total '''CGPA''' of students for each city.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display cities where the average '''CGPA''' is less than 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find genders that have more than 5 students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display cities where the maximum '''CGPA''' is greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited. SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-24T06:44:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE columnN LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after''' R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern ''''%a' '''means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT''' '''BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column-names FROM table-name WHERE [condition]'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 +21+22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Conditional-Operators/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-24T06:43:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Created page with &amp;quot;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators'''    '''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids   '''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, un...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the script: Conditional Operators''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors: '''Ketki Bhamble EduPyramids&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, SQL, WHERE Clause, LIKE, percent sign, underscore, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN, DISTINCT, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
| align=center| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Conditional Operators''' in PostgreSQL.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin 4 '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''co-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following '''code file''' is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the''' Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show students-table'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| We are using the students table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It contains '''studentid''', '''studentname''', '''city''', '''gender''', '''date of birth''', and '''cgpa'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''LIKE''' operator is used to search for a specified pattern in a column. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used along with the '''WHERE''' '''clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of LIKE operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE columnN LIKE pattern; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight pattern keyword.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the''' LIKE '''operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''pattern '''may contain '''percent '''sign or '''underscore'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Percent''' sign represents zero or more characters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Underscore''' represents exactly one character.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname LIKE 'R%';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''': WHERE'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''':‘R%’'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve the records of students whose names start with the letter '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' WHERE clause''' filters rows and displays the student names starting with '''R'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The''' percent''' sign allows any number of characters after''' R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose names start with '''R'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, city'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city LIKE '%a';'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let’s find students whose city name ends with letter '''a''' using the '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight LIKE '%a''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves '''studentname''' and''' city'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pattern ''''%a' '''means any number of characters followed by the letter '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows student from the''' city''' ending with '''a'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''BETWEEN '''operator is used to filter values within a specified range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It works with numbers, dates, and text values. The range values are inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name BETWEEN value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the '''syntax''' of '''BETWEEN''' operator.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT studentname, cgpa FROM students WHERE cgpa BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now find students whose''' CGPA''' is between 8 and 9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and '''c g p a'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN''' '''clause''' filters rows where '''CGPA''' is between 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It includes values greater than or equal to 8 and less than or equal to 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click the '''Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students whose''' CGPA''' is within the range of 8 and 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, dob FROM students WHERE dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight dob BETWEEN '1996-01-01' AND '1996-12-31''''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query retrieves the '''studentname''' and date of birth. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''BETWEEN clause '''filters students born between the specified dates.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students born in the year 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' NOT BETWEEN''' operator is used to filter values that fall outside a specified range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT BETWEEN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT BETWEEN'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value1 AND value2;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT BETWEEN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT studentname, cgpa'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students whose '''CGPA''' is not between 8 and 9.Type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight NOT BETWEEN 8 AND 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT''' '''BETWEEN''' clause returns rows where '''cgpa''' is less than 8 or greater than 9.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students whose '''CGPA''' falls outside this range.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 13'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''IN''' operator is used to specify multiple values in a '''WHERE clause'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It checks whether a column matches any value in a given list.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 14'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city IN ('Mumbai', 'Pune', 'Delhi');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us retrieve students who belong to '''Mumbai, Pune''', or''' Delhi'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight city IN ('Mumbai','Pune','Delhi')'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this query, the '''IN operator''' matches the city with the specified values.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''Execute''' '''query''' icon to execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays students from '''Mumbai, Pune''', and '''Delhi'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN''' operator excludes specified values from the result set.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 16'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of NOT IN Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column name(s)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column name NOT IN (value1,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''value2, ...);'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''NOT IN operator.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE city NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune');'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us retrieve students who do not belong to '''Mumbai '''or '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight NOT IN ('Mumbai','Pune')&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''NOT IN operator''' filters out the specified cities and returns the remaining records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the '''execute''' '''query''' icon&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows students from other cities except '''Mumbai '''and '''Pune'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 17'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''DISTINCT keyword '''is used in the '''SELECT statement '''to list distinct and unique values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It removes the duplicate rows or column values from the query result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 18'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of DISTINCT Operator'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT column-names FROM table-name WHERE [condition]'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''syntax''' is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type the command:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT DISTINCT city FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the query as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''select statement '''will retrieve the unique city names from the '''students table'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output will eliminate duplicate values from the specified column '''city'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It only shows distinct city names.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 19'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''LIKE, BETWEEN, NOT BETWEEN, IN, NOT IN '''and''' DISTINCT operators'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 20 +21+22'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve student records whose names start with letter''' A''' using the '''LIKE operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display the '''studentname '''and '''city''' where city names contain the letter '''“n”'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* List students who belong to '''Chennai, Kolkata, '''or''' Bengaluru''' using the''' IN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find students whose '''CGPA '''is between 7 and 8.5.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students records who are born after 1997 using the '''NOT BETWEEN operator'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Retrieve the distinct gender value'''s''' from the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display students whose city is neither '''Chennai '''nor''' Jaipur'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an Assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 23&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank You.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-23T09:43:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the script: Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors:''' EduPyramids.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  Aggregate Functions, COUNT, AVG(average), SUM, MIN, MAX,  Null values, COUNT asterisk, ROUND value, EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Aggregate Functions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''af-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Aggregate''' functions perform calculations on multiple rows and return a single value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some common aggregate functions are '''COUNT''', '''AVG''', '''SUM''', '''MIN''', and '''MAX'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Aggregate''' functions perform calculations on multiple rows and return a single value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some common aggregate functions are '''COUNT''', '''Average''', '''SUM''', '''MIN''', and '''MAX'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us learn these functions using query examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we will learn about the '''COUNT''' function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT COUNT(*) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight COUNT(*)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' asterisk function returns the total number of rows in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It counts all records including those containing '''NULL''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows the total number of students stored in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will see how '''COUNT''' works when applied to a specific column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT COUNT(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''COUNT(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' function counts the number of not '''NULL''' values in the '''C G P A''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output displays the number of students whose '''C G P A''' value is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show both the outputs in different query windows.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''COUNT asterisk''' returns all the rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the COUNT '''column''' counts only '''not NULL''' values of the specified column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will calculate the average C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT AVG(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''AVG(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''average''' function calculates the average of all cgpa values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the average c g p a of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Observe that, using the average keyword we get insignificant digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reduce the number of insignificant digits after the decimal point, type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ROUND value 2 limits the result to 2 digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays only two digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find the highest C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MAX(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
MAX(cgpa)&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''MAX''' function returns the largest value in the C G P A column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result displays the highest C G P A recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will find the lowest C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MIN(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN''' returns the smallest value in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the lowest C G P A  recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Finally, we will calculate the total C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT SUM(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUM(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''SUM''' function helps us find the total C G P A  of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the sum of all CGPA values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Write a query to find how many different cities are present in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate the average CGPA of students born after 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the highest CGPA among female students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the lowest CGPA among male students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate the total CGPA of students from each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited. SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-23T07:29:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the script: Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors:''' EduPyramids.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  Aggregate Functions, COUNT, AVG(average), SUM, MIN, MAX,  Null values, COUNT asterisk, ROUND value, EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Aggregate Functions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''af-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Aggregate''' functions perform calculations on multiple rows and return a single value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some common aggregate functions are '''COUNT''', '''average''', '''SUM''', '''MIN''', and '''MAX'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us learn these functions using query examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we will learn about the '''COUNT''' function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT COUNT(*) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight COUNT(*)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' asterisk function returns the total number of rows in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It counts all records including those containing '''NULL''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows the total number of students stored in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will see how '''COUNT''' works when applied to a specific column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT COUNT(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''COUNT(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' function counts the number of not '''NULL''' values in the '''C G P A''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output displays the number of students whose '''C G P A''' value is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show both the outputs in different query windows.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''COUNT asterisk''' returns all the rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the COUNT '''column''' counts only '''not NULL''' values of the specified column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will calculate the average C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT AVG(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''AVG(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''average''' function calculates the average of all cgpa values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the average c g p a of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Observe that, using the average keyword we get insignificant digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reduce the number of insignificant digits after the decimal point, type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ROUND value 2 limits the result to 2 digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays only two digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find the highest C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MAX(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
MAX(cgpa)&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''MAX''' function returns the largest value in the C G P A column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result displays the highest C G P A recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will find the lowest C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MIN(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN''' returns the smallest value in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the lowest C G P A  recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Finally, we will calculate the total C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT SUM(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUM(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''SUM''' function helps us find the total C G P A  of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the sum of all CGPA values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Write a query to find how many different cities are present in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate the average CGPA of students born after 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the highest CGPA among female students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Find the lowest CGPA among male students.&lt;br /&gt;
* Calculate the total CGPA of students from each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited. SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Aggregate-Functions/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-23T07:20:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the script: Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Authors:''' EduPyramids.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  Aggregate Functions, COUNT, AVG(average), SUM, MIN, MAX,  Null values, COUNT asterisk, ROUND value, EduPyramids, Video Tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;35%&amp;quot; | '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
! width=&amp;quot;65%&amp;quot; | '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Aggregate Functions'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn about&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Ubuntu 24.04 LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
• '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''pgAdmin4'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
'''af-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Aggregate''' functions perform calculations on multiple rows and return a single value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some common aggregate functions are '''COUNT''', '''average''', '''SUM''', '''MIN''', and '''MAX'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4''' interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us learn these functions using query examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the student table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we will learn about the '''COUNT''' function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
SELECT COUNT(*) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight COUNT(*)&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' asterisk function returns the total number of rows in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It counts all records including those containing '''NULL''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows the total number of students stored in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we will see how '''COUNT''' works when applied to a specific column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT COUNT(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''COUNT(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''COUNT''' function counts the number of not '''NULL''' values in the '''C G P A''' column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output displays the number of students whose '''C G P A''' value is available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show both the outputs in different query windows.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''COUNT asterisk''' returns all the rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the COUNT '''column''' counts only '''not NULL''' values of the specified column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will calculate the average C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT AVG(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''AVG(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''average''' function calculates the average of all cgpa values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the average c g p a of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command:&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT ROUND(AVG(cgpa), 2)'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the execute button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Observe that, using the average keyword we get insignificant digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reduce the number of insignificant digits after the decimal point, type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ROUND value 2 limits the result to 2 digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays only two digits after the decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, let us find the highest C G P A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MAX(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
MAX(cgpa)&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''MAX''' function returns the largest value in the C G P A column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result displays the highest C G P A recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, we will find the lowest C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT MIN(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MIN''' returns the smallest value in the column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the lowest C G P A  recorded in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Finally, we will calculate the total C G P A .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Type:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT SUM(cgpa) FROM students;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight:'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUM(cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''SUM''' function helps us find the total C G P A  of all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Cursor on the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the sum of all CGPA values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt about&lt;br /&gt;
• '''Aggregate Functions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment,'''&lt;br /&gt;
• Write a query to find how many different cities are present in the students table.&lt;br /&gt;
• Calculate the average CGPA of students born after 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
• Find the highest CGPA among female students.&lt;br /&gt;
• Find the lowest CGPA among male students.&lt;br /&gt;
• Calculate the total CGPA of students from each city.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-22T11:49:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Ketki Bhamble'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: ''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  syntax, NULL values, IS NULL, UPDATE statement, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display '''Null''' values and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''UPDATE''' Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''p g Admin 4.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''nvu-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code''' '''Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is a NULL Value?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''null''' value is an unknown or missing value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a field has no value it can be left blank as no data stored in it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Null'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_names'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name IS NULL&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax to show a '''Null''' value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IS NULL''' clause checks for fields that have no stored values.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:''' INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender, dob, cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S116', 'Ravi', 'Pune', 'M', NULL, NULL);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the''' Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us insert a '''NULL''' value. For this, type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''NULL''' keyword is used to insert null values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The query is returned successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S117', 'Kiran', 'Pune', 'M');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADD ANNOTATION.( '''CGPA''' and '''DOB''' are automatically set to '''NULL''')&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, '''C G P A''' and '''D O B columns''' are automatically set to '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can add a '''NULL value''' by inserting a record without specifying its value.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we are using the '''IS NULL '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays details of students whose '''C G P A''' is currently not recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, the '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values are not known. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us see another example.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT studentid, studentname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query displays studentid and their names whose '''C G P A''' value is '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the record so that it no longer displays NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''UPDATE''' Statement is used to modify existing records in a table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of UPDATE Statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET column1 = value1, column2 = value2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE condition; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the syntax of the UPDATE statement.'''UPDATE''' specifies the table to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET''' assigns new values to one or more columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE''' selects the records that need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET cgpa = 8.1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the Null value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''SET''' keyword sets the C G P A value to 8 point 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on Query returned successfully in 322 msec.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output shows that the query is updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = ‘S116’;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that a new record is added to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show the table and point to M in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the records of students with studentids S116 and S117.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following:'''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET gender = 'Male''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''OR studentid = 'S117';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query we will set the gender to male.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the gender columns of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the entire table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the gender column '''M''' is updated to '''Male''' for studentids '''S116 '''and''' S117'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display Null values and &lt;br /&gt;
* UPDATE Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert a student record with a NULL CGPA value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the NULL CGPA value for one student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the updated record using a SELECT query.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-22T11:48:09Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Ketki Bhamble'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: ''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  syntax, NULL values, IS NULL, UPDATE statement, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display '''Null''' values and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''UPDATE''' Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''p g Admin 4.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''nvu-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code''' '''Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is a NULL Value?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''null''' value is an unknown or missing value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a field has no value it can be left blank as no data stored in it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Null'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_names'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name IS NULL&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax to show a '''Null''' value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IS NULL''' clause checks for fields that have no stored values.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:''' INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender, dob, cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S116', 'Ravi', 'Pune', 'M', NULL, NULL);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the''' Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us insert a '''NULL''' value. For this, type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''NULL''' keyword is used to insert null values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The query is returned successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S117', 'Kiran', 'Pune', 'M');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADD ANNOTATION.( '''CGPA''' and '''DOB''' are automatically set to '''NULL''')&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, '''C G P A''' and '''D O B columns''' are automatically set to '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can add a '''NULL value''' by inserting a record without specifying its value.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we are using the '''IS NULL '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays details of students whose '''C G P A''' is currently not recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, the '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values are not known. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us see another example.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT studentid, studentname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This query displays studentid and their names whose '''C G P A''' value is '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the record so that it no longer displays NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''UPDATE''' Statement is used to modify existing records in a table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET column1 = value1, column2 = value2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE condition; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the syntax of the UPDATE statement.'''UPDATE''' specifies the table to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET''' assigns new values to one or more columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE''' selects the records that need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET cgpa = 8.1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the Null value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''SET''' keyword sets the C G P A value to 8 point 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on Query returned successfully in 322 msec.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output shows that the query is updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = ‘S116’;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that a new record is added to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show the table and point to M in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the records of students with studentids S116 and S117.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following:'''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET gender = 'Male''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''OR studentid = 'S117';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query we will set the gender to male.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the gender columns of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the entire table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the gender column '''M''' is updated to '''Male''' for studentids '''S116 '''and''' S117'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display Null values and &lt;br /&gt;
* UPDATE Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert a student record with a NULL CGPA value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the NULL CGPA value for one student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the updated record using a SELECT query.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/NULL-Values-and-UPDATE-Statement/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-22T10:09:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: Ketki Bhamble'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: ''' PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4,  syntax, NULL values, IS NULL, UPDATE statement, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' NULL Values and UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display '''Null''' values and &lt;br /&gt;
* '''UPDATE''' Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org https://EduPyramids.org] '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''p g Admin 4.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''nvu-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code''' '''Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''What is a NULL Value?'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| A '''null''' value is an unknown or missing value. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a field has no value it can be left blank as no data stored in it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Null value'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column_names'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE column_name IS NULL&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;; &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax to show a '''Null''' value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''IS NULL''' clause checks for fields that have no stored values.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:''' INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender, dob, cgpa)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S116', 'Ravi', 'Pune', 'M', NULL, NULL);'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the''' Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us insert a '''NULL''' value.For this, type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''NULL''' keyword is used to insert null values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The query is returned successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''INSERT INTO students (studentid, studentname, city, gender)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALUES ('S117', 'Kiran', 'Pune', 'M');'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADD ANNOTATION.( '''CGPA''' and '''DOB''' are automatically set to '''NULL''')&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. Here, '''C G P A''' and '''D O B columns''' are automatically set to '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can add a '''NULL value''' by inserting a record without specifying its value.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we are using the I'''S NULL '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays details of students whose '''C G P A''' is currently not recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, the '''D O B''' and '''C G P A''' values are not known. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us see another example.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT studentid, studentname'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE cgpa IS NULL;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query and execute it. This query displays studentid and their names whose '''C G P A''' value is '''NULL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the record so that it no longer displays NULL.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE Statement'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''UPDATE''' Statement is used to modify existing records in a table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of UPDATE Statement'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UPDATE table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET column1 = value1, column2 = value2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE condition; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here is the syntax of the UPDATE statement.'''UPDATE''' specifies the table to be modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET''' assigns new values to one or more columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE''' selects the records that need to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET cgpa = 8.1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the''' Execute query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the Null value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this query. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''SET''' keyword sets the C G P A value to 8 point 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Cursor on Query returned successfully in 322 msec.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The output shows that the query is updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = ‘S116’;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that a new record is added to the table.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Show the table and point to M in the records.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us update the records of students with studentids S116 and S117&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following:'''UPDATE students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SET gender = 'Male''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S116''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''OR studentid = 'S117';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query we will set the gender to male.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table is now updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students; '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the Execute Query button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the gender columns of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us display the entire table.Type this query and execute it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the gender column M is updated to Male for studentids '''S116 '''and''' S117'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt how to,&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and Display Null values and &lt;br /&gt;
* UPDATE Statement&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insert a student record with a NULL CGPA value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update the NULL CGPA value for one student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verify the updated record using a SELECT query.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Filtering-and-Sorting-Data/English</id>
		<title>PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Filtering-and-Sorting-Data/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PostgreSQL-Database/C2/Filtering-and-Sorting-Data/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-13T09:21:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title of the Script: Filtering and Sorting Data '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords: '''PostgreSQL, pgAdmin 4, WHERE, ORDER BY, data filtering, data sorting, ascending order, descending order, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration '''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on''' Filtering and Sorting Data '''in''' Postgresql'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to use,&lt;br /&gt;
* '''WHERE''' clause and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ORDER BY '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements '''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu 24.04''' '''LTS'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PostgreSQL version 18.1''', and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''PgAdmin 4 version 9.11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using the following setup.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org]&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:transparent;&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''PostgreSQL''' and '''p g Admin 4'''.''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite '''PostgreSQL''' tutorials, please visit this website. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code file is required to practice this tutorial:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''wo-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the Code Files link on this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code file is required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the '''Code Files''' link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download and extract the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The''' WHERE''' clause is used to apply a condition to filter records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is used to extract only those records that satisfy a specified condition.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of Where clause '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE condition;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The basic syntax of the '''WHERE '''clause is shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Point to the interface.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| I have opened the '''p g Admin 4 '''interface and connected to the localhost server.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Show the code file while recording.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us insert a few records of the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please copy and paste this code from the code file in the query window.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Click the Execute query icon on the tool bar.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us click the''' Execute query icon '''on the''' toolbar''' to insert the rows.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentname = 'Ram';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Click the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Point to the output.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now I will type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this query '''SELECT '''keyword''' '''is used to retrieve data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE keyword''' filters the rows and shows all the details of the student named '''Ram'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us execute the query to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WHERE studentid = 'S102';'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Press the Execute query icon.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type another query using a '''WHERE''' clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will execute the query to see the details of the student with I D S 1 0 2.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Next, let us learn about the '''ORDER BY''' clause.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The '''ORDER BY''' clause sorts the records in ascending or descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Syntax of ORDER BY Clause'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT column1, column2, ...'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FROM table_name'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY column1, column2, ... ASC|DESC;'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| This is the syntax of the '''ORDER BY '''clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''A S C''' sorts the data in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D E S C''' sorts the data in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY cgpa;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight ORDER BY'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute''' query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default '''ORDER BY''' clause sorts the records in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute query icon to execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays records are sorted by '''C G P A''' in ascending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us sort the records in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SELECT * FROM students'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ORDER BY cgpa DESC;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Execute''' query button'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us type this query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here the '''D E S C '''keyword''' '''sorts the records in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now let’s execute the query.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The result shows that records are sorted by C G P A in descending order.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''In this tutorial, we learnt to use&lt;br /&gt;
* '''WHERE''' clause and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''ORDER BY''' clause&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this, we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''As an Assignment, '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Filter student records where city is Bhopal''' '''&lt;br /&gt;
* Display all student records in ascending and descending orders sorted by city&lt;br /&gt;
|| We encourage you to do this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 12'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''Spoken''' '''Tutorial''' is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you for joining.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Accessing-material-and-participating-in-forums/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-06T06:37:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle course navigation, conditional access, completion tracking, accessing learning materials, forum participation, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Accessing Materials and Participating in Forums'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''enrolled courses''' and navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can find and download attachments or '''course''' materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''forum''' is in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access '''forum discussions''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' enrolled in '''Moodle courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with course material and an active ''forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username mahima.singh and password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → list of courses &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click on '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that '''Mahima''' is '''enrolled''' into 3 different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''course''' named '''Advanced Algebra''' to open its page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Course Index (Left) Refer to screenshot 1 at the end of the script&lt;br /&gt;
| Observe the '''Course Index''' on the left side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''index''' helps in navigating through the various '''course''' sections. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Hover your mouse over the accessible hyperlinked resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that some resources in the centre of the page are '''hyperlinked'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means you can click and access them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Continue the same screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the lock icons in the index and the centre of the page &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice lock '''icons''' on certain resources in the '''index''' and at the centre of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These resources display a '''condition''' to be fulfilled to open the access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 2''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|For example - In order to access '''Assignment 2''',  we need to complete '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Highlight '''Assignment 1''' and its condition &lt;br /&gt;
|And in order to access '''Assignment 1''',  we need to complete '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications” → click on “Mark as done” → point to “Done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll up and click on '''“Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have read it, click on '''“Mark as done”'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''status''' now changes to '''“Done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Yet Another Calculus Text” &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, click on the book chapter '''“Yet Another Calculus Text”''' in the '''index''' and read it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock '''icon''' disappeared for '''Assignment 1'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Exponential and Logarithmic Functions” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| You can also move to any '''section''' by clicking directly on it in the '''index'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures” → click on “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''“Group Theory and Basic Algebraic Structures”'''.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read and click on '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to go back to the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to “Single Variable Calculus” and then click &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice that the lock '''icon''' for '''Single Variable Calculus''' disappears. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s click it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the link → YouTube video &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click on the '''link''' provided therein which leads to a '''YouTube''' video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the back arrow of the browser → click “Mark as done”&lt;br /&gt;
| After watching it, click the back arrow of the '''browser''' and click '''“Mark as done”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources &amp;amp; statuses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and look at all the resources and their '''statuses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the green marker in the index for the completed resources &lt;br /&gt;
| Resources that have a green marker in the index indicate they have been completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at another '''course - Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Below General, click on Announcements → Click on All students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here, below '''General''', click on '''Announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''All students''' to read the announcement from '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the forum discussion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to find the '''forum''' activity on this page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Introduce ourselves → Click on Reply link of the teacher’s post → type “Hello mam, happy to be in your class”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''discussion topic''' to open the '''forum discussion page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, click on the '''Reply link''' below '''teacher Nitya’s post''' and type a reply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Calculus course page.'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon at the top right → click teacher Nitya’s message about a guest lecturer → close drawer by clicking the left arrow above &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''callout icon''' at the top right to open the messaging drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read '''teacher Nitya’s''' message about a guest lecturer.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close the message drawer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So this is how a student can access course materials and participate in '''forums'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize, we learnt how students can:&lt;br /&gt;
* Access enrolled courses &amp;amp; navigate within&lt;br /&gt;
* Find &amp;amp; download attachments or course materials&lt;br /&gt;
* What a Moodle forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* How students can access forum discussions&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to the “Let’s introduce ourselves” discussion started by teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Students-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-02T08:01:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Student’s Dashboard in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, student dashboard navigation, enrolled courses, messaging in Moodle, profile editing, student dashboard, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Student’s Dashboard in Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn:&lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Student's dashboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Key '''blocks''' and their functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Viewing '''enrolled courses'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing '''user profile'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending and viewing '''messages''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''students''' who are accessing their '''Student Dashboard''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Have student access in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''login''', you will land on the '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the personalized '''homepage''' for each '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Click Edit mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn on the '''Edit mode''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Block Drawer – Calendar, Online Users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''block drawer''' arrow at the top right side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will see '''blocks''' like '''Online users''' and '''Calendar'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add a Block below Dashboard→ Latest Announcements&lt;br /&gt;
| To add more '''blocks''', click '''Add a block''' below '''Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s select the '''Latest Announcements block'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''block''' for students that shows '''course'''-wise '''announcements'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;My courses&amp;quot; in the top menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at '''Mahima’s enrolled courses'''.  Click on '''My courses''' in the top menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 3 courses one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| This is the list of all '''courses''' the '''student''' is '''enrolled''' in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: Only '''published courses''' are visible to '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall '''Mahima''' was '''enrolled''' earlier to these '''courses''' by the '''teacher''' and the '''Site admin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Profile Dropdown → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s look at the personal details '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit your '''profile''', click on your '''username''' at the top right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit Profile Page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add any city (Pune and country (India) → click on Update Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Edit profile''' and '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can update name, city, description, or upload or update your '''profile photo'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once done, save the changes by clicking on the '''Update Profile''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s learn to send some '''messages'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard → look at Online Users block &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Mahima (you will see her online if you followed my instructions at the beginning of the script) &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Dashboard''' and look at the '''Online Users''' block. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see other '''students''' here when they are '''logged in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the callout icon&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout icon''' next to '''Amina Hasan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type &amp;quot;Hello Amina&amp;quot; → Enter &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “'''Hello Amina'''” and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “Can I meet you at 4pm today in the library?”  → Enter &lt;br /&gt;
| Then type '''“Can I meet you at 4pm today in the library?”''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Just perform the below steps  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Switch to the private browser window where '''Amina''' is logged in. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Dashboard''' and look at the '''Online Users''' block. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''callout icon''' next to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Amina's messages &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s look at '''student Amina’s dashboard''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are '''Mahima’s messages'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s a quick overview of the '''Student’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* How a student accesses their Moodle dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* Key blocks and their functions&lt;br /&gt;
* Accessing enrolled courses &amp;amp; navigating within&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing user profile&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending and viewing messages &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as '''student Amina'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Reply to '''Mahima’s message''' - “Sure Mahima” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-enrollment-and-communication-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-02T07:39:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, enroll students, assign roles, send messages, add notes, notifications, Moodle communication, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:400px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:500px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Enrollment and Communication in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how the '''teacher''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Enrolls '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigns '''Student role''' to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Sends a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Adds notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to enroll '''students''' into their '''course''' and communicate with them in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have:&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses, Calculus, Participants.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see one '''student Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This student was enrolled earlier by the '''Site Administrator''' into the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya and Teacher role. Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to Amina and Student role. &lt;br /&gt;
| Generally, in '''academic institutions''', the '''teachers''' inform the '''Site Administrator''' to add a list of '''students''' into their '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Site Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: '''Moodle Site Administrator''' is enrolled in every '''course''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Enroll users → Pop-up opens&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now enroll the other '''student''' '''Mahima''' into this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Enroll users''' at the bottom-right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select a user → Assign role as Student → Click Enroll users &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up box, select the user '''Mahima''' from the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure the '''role''' is set to '''Student''' and click '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Confirm enrolled user appears in the list &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Mahima''' is now enrolled in the '''Calculus course''' and listed under '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Likewise, the '''teacher''' can enroll all '''students''' into her '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now learn to send a message to all '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click: Select users Amina and Mahima Uncheck Mahima&lt;br /&gt;
|Select the students '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' by clicking the checkbox next to their names. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to message just one '''student''', then select that '''student''' only. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Select All checkbox → uncheck Teacher Nitya and Site Administrator checkboxes &lt;br /&gt;
| If the list of '''students''' is very long, you can check the '''Select All''' checkbox at the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then uncheck the '''Teacher''' and the Site '''Administrator'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Send a message&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' Select the option '''Send a message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Message window opens &lt;br /&gt;
| A message window opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a message → Dear Students, We will have Prof.Kannan Moudgalya from IIT Bombay address the class on 22nd July 2025 at 11am in the Eklavya conference hall. Please make sure you are there to attend his talk. Thanks, Prof.Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Type your message in the message box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Send message &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Send message''' to notify the selected '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Amina and Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s add '''notes''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Amina''' and '''Mahima''' are selected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| “With selected users...” dropdown → Select Add a note &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''With selected users…''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the option '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Context dropdown → course &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Context''' dropdown shows '''course''', by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the following content: &lt;br /&gt;
Look at the crossword puzzle available on https://www.armoredpenguin.com/crossword/Data/best/math/calculus.01.html &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think you will find this interesting. &lt;br /&gt;
| Type the note and click '''Add a new note'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the '''settings configured''' by the '''Site Administrator''', the note could be visible to other '''managers''' and '''teachers''' in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| And that’s how the '''teacher''' enrolls '''students''' manually in her '''course''' and communicates with them in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as mahima.singh &lt;br /&gt;
Password Mahima@123 &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s '''logout''' and '''login''' as '''student Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → bell icon → point to 4 &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''bell icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show a number next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are the '''notifications''' that '''Moodle''' has sent to '''Mahima'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the bell icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''bell''' icon to view the '''subject line''' of the '''notifications'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click View full notification &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''View full notification''' to read each full message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click each notification one by one &lt;br /&gt;
| While you are on this page, you can navigate through all the '''notifications''' one by one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Dashboard → at the top right → callout icon → point to 4 → point to Private &lt;br /&gt;
| On the '''Dashboard''', at the top right, look at the '''callout icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It says 1 next to it.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s because the '''teacher''' has sent a total of 1 message to '''Mahima'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the callout icon → sidebar expands &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''callout''' icon.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Immediately the '''sidebar''' expands and we can view a few words of the message the '''teacher''' sent.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also the message is listed below '''Private'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click right arrow → click left arrow &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the right arrow to expand and read the whole message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click the left arrow to collapse the message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Important Information''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Unlike '''announcements''' or '''forum posts''',  notes are not visible publicly on the '''course page''' for '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It depends on the '''student’s access rights''' and the '''context''' at which the notes have been '''set'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''students''' get '''email notifications''' for each note sent by the '''teacher'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how '''students''' view '''notifications''' and '''messages''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt how a '''teacher''' can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Enroll '''students''' into a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign '''Student''' role to a '''registered user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Send a message to all '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add notes for '''students''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the '''“Advanced Algebra”''' course, add a personal note to '''student Amina''' - Please help the new student '''Mahima''' with your class notes to get her familiar with what has already been covered in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep the '''Context''' as '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Teachers-dashboard-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-02T07:21:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Teacher Dashboard navigation, manage courses, edit teacher profile, add course details, Moodle teacher interface, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Teacher’s Dashboard'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the '''Teacher's Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit '''profile''' and '''preferences''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for teachers  who have been assigned to a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Be logged in as a teacher assigned to a course. &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Refer to the diagram given in the link &lt;br /&gt;
'''[[File:Diagram of beginning of Teacher's dashboard.pdf]]'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this diagram on the screen. This is the starting point of this tutorial and the subsequent ones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to each as per narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Administrator''' should have already done the following: &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''categories''' and '''sub-categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Created and uploaded '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''roles''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assigned '''courses''' to all the '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Display this on-screen text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username: nitya.jeevan  Password: Sample@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click → Change password &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Display this password on screen while typing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type new password as &amp;quot;Learn@123&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Save Changes button&lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Site Admin''' has enforced the option to change the '''password''' on the first '''login'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why we have landed on the '''Change password''' page.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules and update the '''password''' securely.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Save Changes''' when done. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Dashboard menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with an overview of the '''Dashboard.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Navigation block &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right, open the drawer to see the '''Online Users''' and '''Calendar blocks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click My Courses → click on the course Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, click '''My Courses'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It lists the '''courses''' assigned to '''Nitya'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we see the '''courses Advanced Algebra''' and '''Calculus.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Please note: These 2 '''courses''' were assigned by the '''Site Administrator''' to '''Nitya'''`.` &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → Scroll down → Available courses → My courses &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to view the '''Available courses.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here all the courses are displayed along with the '''teacher’s''' name. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''My courses section,''' we can see the '''courses''' assigned exclusively to '''teacher Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User profile icon → click → Profile &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s edit '''Nitya’s profile'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''user icon''' at the top-right and select '''Profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Teacher Profile page &lt;br /&gt;
| This is '''Nitya’s Profile page'''. All the details are displayed here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile → in '''Description''' fill this info → add a profile pic Scroll down and click '''Update profile''' button &lt;br /&gt;
| To update personal information, click '''Edit profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s update '''teacher Nitya’s''' details in the '''Description box''', and add a profile picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now click on '''Update profile''' to view her info. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: User icon → Preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we’ll explore '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''user icon''' and '''Preferences'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Preferences page &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Preferences''' page allows you to '''customize''' your '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight: Calendar preferences &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calendar preferences''' to change  time format and your preferred start day of the week. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Set 24-hour time format and choose '''Sunday''' as the start day.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Courses block → Click Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some details to the '''Calculus course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''My courses''' and '''Calculus course'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note: we have not yet added any content for the students in this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: General Course page → switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We are on the '''General course page'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add details to this '''course''', at the top-right, switch '''Edit Mode ON'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Section → click Actions menu → Edit Settings → Expand All. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then scroll to the first '''New Section'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Actions menu, Edit Settings''' and '''Expand All.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  Section name → type &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Section name''', type '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill Course summary box &lt;br /&gt;
| Add a brief '''course summary''' and click '''Save Changes.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s a quick overview of the '''Teacher’s dashboard'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* The layout of the Teacher’s Dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit profile and preferences&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add preliminary details to a course&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: &lt;br /&gt;
Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Change the name and summary for sections 2 to 4 in the Calculus course. &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link.&lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Submitting-assignments-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-01T13:39:20Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment submission, Moodle tutorials, Upload files Moodle, Edit Draft submissions, View grades Moodle, Moodle assignment feedback, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Submitting Assignments in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' – '''Submitting assignments in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How a '''student''' accesses and submits an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is meant for '''students''' who are using '''Moodle''' to submit '''assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should:&lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published assignment activity &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Advanced Algebra''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the top menu, go to '''My Courses''' and select '''Advanced Algebra''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and locate '''Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Assignment Instructions, Grading status and Submission status&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be taken to the assignment page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows instructions, due date, grading status, and submission status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Click on Add Submission&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on the '''Add submission''' button to begin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Point to the Online Text box  File Upload box → &amp;gt;&amp;gt; → Click Upload a file → below Attachment click Choose file &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now submit your assignment in two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type directly in the '''Online Text''' box (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or upload a file by dragging it to the upload area. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or clicking the circular '''plus icon'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: File Picker → Upload a File → Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| In the file picker dialog, click on '''Upload a file''' → then on '''Browse'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the assignment answer file from your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save Changes button &lt;br /&gt;
| After uploading the file or typing in the '''Online Text''' box, click '''Save changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status → Draft &lt;br /&gt;
| The submission will now appear in '''Draft''' status. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can edit it until the due date if your teacher has allowed editing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to &amp;quot;Remove assignment&amp;quot; button &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also remove it, in case you want to re-do the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Final Submit assignment → Continue &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Submit assignment''' button to confirm your submission. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A confirmation prompt will follow. Click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submission Status – Submitted for grading &lt;br /&gt;
| Your submission is now marked as '''Submitted for grading'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You cannot make changes after this point. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Grading and Feedback (after evaluation) &lt;br /&gt;
| Once the teacher evaluates your work, the grade and feedback will appear on the same page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs Assignment-1 → Done status &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Math-202''' in the '''breadcrumbs''' to return to the '''Advanced Algebra''' course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the '''status''' of '''Assignment-1''' has now changed to '''Done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how a '''student''' can submit assignments in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How students access and submit an assignment in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload assignment text or files &lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit submissions (if allowed) &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan. &lt;br /&gt;
* Make another submission for the same Assignment-1 in &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot; course by Amina. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Attempting-a-quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-04-01T13:27:03Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz management, Moodle quiz, attempt and review quiz, navigate quiz questions, manage quiz time, feedback and grade, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Attempting a Quiz in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is for '''students''' who are enrolled in a '''Moodle''' course and need to attempt a quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites'''  &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a student login&lt;br /&gt;
* Be enrolled in a course with a published quiz &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as Mahima Singh with username = mahima.singh and password = Mahima@123&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Login''' to '''Moodle''' with your '''student Mahima’s account.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Linear Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
|In the top menu, go to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Calculus''' course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Course Page – Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll through the course page and locate ''''Quiz for Basic Calculus''''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will be directed to the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will show details like number of attempts, time limit, and the grade required to pass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Attempt quiz&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Attempt quiz''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop-up box → Click &amp;quot;Start Attempt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Read the standard instructions in the pop-up and click the '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Questions Appear''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The quiz questions will now appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attempt each question by selecting the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Timer''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Observe the timer on the quiz page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the remaining time to complete the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Navigation Panel – Moving Between Questions &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the quiz navigation panel on the right to move between questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Save and Submit Quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
|After answering all questions, click on '''Finish attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Summary of the attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
|The summary of the attempt is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the '''Return to attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can return to your attempt from here, if you wish to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Submit all and finish''' &lt;br /&gt;
|When you are sure, click on '''Submit all and finish''' to submit your quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Popup: Are you sure you want to submit?''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A confirmation popup will appear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Submit all and finish''' again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz Summary Page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You will now see the quiz summary page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows your attempt status, score, and feedback, if enabled by teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Finish review in the Quiz Navigation panel. &lt;br /&gt;
|Once you finish reviewing, click on '''Finish review''' in the '''Quiz Navigation''' panel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Quiz page''' &lt;br /&gt;
|You are back on the '''Quiz''' page where the grade and other details are displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Point to the Review hyperlink''' &lt;br /&gt;
|If enabled, you can click '''Review''' to see your answers and the correct answers again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a student can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt a quiz in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* View questions and submit answers&lt;br /&gt;
* Navigate between quiz questions&lt;br /&gt;
* Submit and review the quiz &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* Login as the other student Amina Hasan &lt;br /&gt;
* Attempt the same quiz as Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-31T08:37:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Quiz in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, quiz activity, quiz configuration, question bank, random questions, quiz preview, Moodle quiz, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating a Quiz in Moodle.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the '''question bank''' and create a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to edit a '''quiz'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a '''quiz''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Click on ‘Turn editing on’''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s understand what a '''quiz''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' allows the teacher to assess students through various types of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''quiz''' provides automated grading and various feedback options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Basic Calculus → Click “Add an activity or resource” → Quiz → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| To create a '''quiz''', scroll to '''Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add an activity or resource''' and select '''Quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Quiz for Basic Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Configure Timing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Open time: 1 July 10am&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Close time: 1 July 5pm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Time limit: 10 mins&lt;br /&gt;
| Type the '''quiz name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Description''' is optional, and configure '''Timing settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure Grade to 8, Layout to Every 5 questions and Question behavior as shown in the screenshot &lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Grade''', '''Layout''' and '''Question behavior'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Next we’ll configure the '''Review options settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show “Review options” section&lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Review options''', choose what the student can see after the attempt—such as feedback, correct answers, and scores. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” → Point to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The '''quiz''' is now created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Quiz for Basic Calculus”&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add question&lt;br /&gt;
| To add a question from the '''Question Bank''', click '''Add question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the next page, click '''Add''', and select '''from question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select Calc-Matching-004 and Calc-TF-002&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Default for Math-101''' is the default '''question category''' displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select both questions, and click '''Add selected questions to the quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 2 questions'&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add → a random question&lt;br /&gt;
| The 2 questions are visible in the '''quiz''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add random questions, click '''Add''' and select '''a random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Apply filters&lt;br /&gt;
| On the next page, click '''Type or select''' dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''MCQs with single answers''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| MCQs with single answers → Number of questions - 2  &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number of random questions''' choose '''2'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add random question'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Short answer questions - add 1 random question to the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps for '''Short answer questions''' '''question category''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And add 1 random question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the 5 questions in the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| The quiz now contains a mix of random and specific questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each question carries 1 mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight this portion &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s look at the settings for '''Maximum grade''', '''Total of marks''' and '''Shuffle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Maximum grade → Change to 100 and press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Maximum grade''' is the highest possible score assigned to the '''quiz''' by the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change this number to '''100''' if you wish to have the score in '''percentage'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Total of marks → Change the marks for any 1 question to 2 and revert the change &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Total of marks''' is the sum of the marks of individual questions within that '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you change the marks of the individual questions, by editing like this, the total will also change. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Shuffle and check the box  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s enable the '''Shuffle''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will shuffle the order of the questions for each student in their individual '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the passing grade''' was set as 8 earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will go back and change it after this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click the Save button&lt;br /&gt;
| After '''configuring''' the '''quiz''', click the '''Save''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Quiz in the menu&lt;br /&gt;
|Click the '''Quiz menu'''.  You can see all the '''quiz settings''' that you '''configured'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Recall that the '''passing grade''' was set as 8 earlier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings in the menu → Expand all → Grade to pass: 80 → Scroll down and click Save and return to course&lt;br /&gt;
| We will go back to the '''Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And change '''Grade to pass''' to 80 or any grade of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Save the changes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Quiz menu → Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00 &lt;br /&gt;
| It now says '''Grade to pass: 80.00 out of 100.00''', which is what I '''set'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Preview quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| You can preview the '''quiz''' using '''Preview quiz''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Start Attempt''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Read the standard instructions in the pop-up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Start Attempt''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is exactly how the student will view the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the countdown timer clock&lt;br /&gt;
| The countdown timer clock begins. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Answer the questions → click Finish Attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Start answering the questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Finish Attempt''' at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Next page → click Submit all and finish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|In the next page, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pop-up  → click Submit all and finish&lt;br /&gt;
|In the pop-up also, click '''Submit all and finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll the attempt&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll and review your '''quiz attempt''' and grades. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s how you create a '''quiz''' in '''Moodle''' with the '''question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And preview an attempt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What a quiz in Moodle is&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use the question bank and create a quiz with specific and random questions&lt;br /&gt;
* How to preview a quiz&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, open the quiz settings and set the '''Overall feedback''' as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 100%: Excellent performance&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 50%: You need to work harder&lt;br /&gt;
* Feedback for Grade boundary 30%: Please meet the teacher separately to discuss how to improve your performance &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Quiz-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-31T08:37:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-31T08:23:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment setup, course organization, activity configuration, access restrictions, grading options, Moodle assignments, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Create Assignments for Students''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, due dates and restrictions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''assignments''' for students in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create an '''assignment''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Advanced Algebra'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’ &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Add an activity or resource” under &amp;quot;Polynomial and Rational Functions&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Polynomial and Rational Functions''' section, click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity chooser appears → Select Assignment → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Activity''' chooser, click on '''Assignment''', and then click the '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Assignment page &lt;br /&gt;
| We are in the '''New Assignment''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: &amp;quot;Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a name for the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the circle: x 2 \+y 2 \=R2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the cycloid: x=t−sint, y=1−cost. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prove that the curve given by the equations: x \= R(cost+tsint), y \= R(sint−tcost) is the involute of the circle of radius R centered at the origin. &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type the assignment text for the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity instructions: &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt any 2. Each assignment is for 10 marks. &lt;br /&gt;
Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester. &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Activity instructions''', type instructions and helpful guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Availability Allow submissions from: 15 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Due date: 30 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Cut-off date: leave blank &lt;br /&gt;
Remind me to grade by: 15 Aug 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Availability''', set the '''Allow submissions from''' and '''Due date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set dates for '''Cut-off date''' and '''Remind me to grade by'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Check &amp;quot;Always show description&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check the checkbox for '''Always show description.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Submission types → check both boxes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Submission types'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose between '''Online text''', '''File submissions''', or both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let everything else remain as is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Feedback types &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Feedback types''', enable options for '''Feedback comments''' and '''Annotate PDF'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Require students to click the submit → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose '''Yes''' for '''Require students to click the submit button.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Notify graders about submissions → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Notifications''' and choose '''Yes''' for '''Notify graders about submissions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Grade Type to show the options.  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grade Type''' can be in '''Points''' or '''Scale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Retain Points Grade to pass → 40 &lt;br /&gt;
|Type the passing criteria in '''Grade to pass.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Anonymous submissions → select Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|In '''Anonymous submissions''', select '''Yes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This helps teachers to be unbiased and grade the students anonymously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common Module Settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Common Module Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Availability → Show on course page &lt;br /&gt;
|Ensure that '''Availability''' is '''Show on course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Restrict access&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Add restriction → Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Choose dropdown → select Previous activity with completion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Choose''' dropdown. It displays many options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll select '''Previous activity with completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completion conditions → select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Completion conditions''', select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” &lt;br /&gt;
| After entering all settings, scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page showing the assignment link &lt;br /&gt;
| The assignment is now created and visible on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below “Yet Another Calculus Text”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how you create an '''assignment''' for students in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an assignment in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, and deadlines&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an assignment with &amp;quot;Name: Assignment 2 - Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot;, copy-paste the text given in Assignment.txt file in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the other steps given therein also.&lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-question-categories-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-27T17:11:33Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating question categories in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, question categories, question management, question filtering, category deletion, question organization, Moodle questions, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Creating question categories in Moodle.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''question categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use '''question categories''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''question categories''' within a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus → More → Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''More''' and '''Question bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’  &lt;br /&gt;
| Ensure that '''editing''' is turned '''on''' at the top right. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page (logged in as teacher)  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with understanding the '''Question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We use '''question categories''' to better organize questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown to reveal the options. &lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Edit Category page → Default for Math-101 → 7  &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''Edit Category''' page shows one category - '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In brackets it shows '''7''' which indicates the total number of questions in this '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add category → Name: MCQs with single answers  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add category''', provide a name, and save. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the new question category  &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''question category''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Create Short answer questions, TF questions Point in the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, create 2 other '''question categories'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Categories dropdown → select Questions  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Categories''' dropdown and select '''Questions.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-MCQ-001, Calc-MCQ-003, Calc-MCQ-006 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the list of questions, select the 3 MCQs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on With selected and Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| At the bottom of the list, click on '''With selected''' and '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown → select MCQs with a single answer → Move to &lt;br /&gt;
| Open the dropdown, select '''MCQs with a single answer''' and click '''Move to.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point there (MCQs with a single answer) when recording  &lt;br /&gt;
| We see the 3 MCQs in the filtered list of '''MCQs with a single answer question category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Default for Math-101 → click Apply filters  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Default for Math-101''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Notice there are 4 questions now, instead of 7. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select Calc-ShortAnswer-005 and Calc-ShortAnswer-007 and move to Short answer questions No recording for this  &lt;br /&gt;
| Repeat the same steps to move corresponding questions to '''Short answer question category.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Type or select dropdown → select Top for Calculus → check Also show questions from subcategories → click Apply filters Point to the list  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Type or select''' dropdown, select '''Top for Calculus'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check '''Also show questions from subcategories''' and click '''Apply filters'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now all questions from all the '''subcategories''' are visible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Question categories''' will help in choosing random questions when creating a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create a new question → MCQ is default selection → click on Add → click Category dropdown → scroll down → click Cancel&lt;br /&gt;
| After adding '''question categories''', when we click on '''Create a new question''', we get the option to select the '''category'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But for now, scroll down and click '''Cancel.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Questions dropdown → select Categories → TF questions → Delete&lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''Questions''' dropdown and select '''Categories.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To delete a '''question category''', click the '''Actions menu''' and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the warning message and click '''Delete.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick explanation of '''question categories''' in the '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt:&lt;br /&gt;
* What question categories are&lt;br /&gt;
* How to use question categories to better organise the Question bank &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add a new question category named '''“Numerical Questions”'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Creating-a-Question-bank-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-27T16:57:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Creating a Question Bank in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Question Bank, question types, question editing, question preview, question management, Moodle questions, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5''' - '''Creating a Question Bank in Moodle.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''Question Bank'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in '''Moodle''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a '''Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''Question Bank''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide - What is a Question Bank''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''Question Bank''' is.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a collection of questions stored in '''Moodle''', which can be used and reused in '''quizzes''' across different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page → click More and then click “Question bank” menu &lt;br /&gt;
| Using a '''Question Bank''' saves time and helps maintain consistency in assessments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight the “Question bank” section under Course settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s explore the '''types of questions''' that can be added to a '''Moodle''' '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Create a new question” button &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Create a new question.''' '''Moodle''' supports several question types. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s look at them briefly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show list of question types &lt;br /&gt;
| The main types are: '''Multiple choice''', '''True/False''', '''Matching''', '''Short answer''', '''Numerical''' and '''Essay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on each type briefly &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Multiple choice''' allows one or more correct answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''True/False''' is for simple factual questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Matching''' lets learners pair items from two lists. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Show form for each question type &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Short answer''' is for precise responses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Numerical''' is used for questions requiring numeric values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Essay''' allows long, descriptive answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Select “Multiple choice” → click Add → click Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s add a '''Multiple choice''' question to the '''Question Bank'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Category dropdown → Default for Math-101&lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Category''' we can see only one option: '''Default for Math-101'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will learn to create '''question categories''' later on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Question name: Calc-MCQ-001''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question text:''' Steps are given to determine the centre of curvature at a given point on a conic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arrange the steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ol type=&amp;quot;i&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Let P be the given point on the conic and F is the focus.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Join P with F.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Draw a line NR perpendicular to PN and cutting PF or PF-extended at R. &amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;li&amp;gt;Draw a line RO perpendicular to PR and cutting PN-extended at O which is centre of curvature.&amp;lt;/li&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ol&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''question name''' and '''question text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point per narration &lt;br /&gt;
| Question status is '''Ready''' and the '''Default mark''' is 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to General feedback''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next option is '''General feedback'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text here is shown to the '''student''' after he/she has submitted the '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Type “The centre O of the circle of curvature lies on the normal to the curve at P. This centre is called center of curvature at P. So for that we first found normal and accordingly the curve we found center of curvature.” &lt;br /&gt;
| We can use this text area to show the detailed solution of the question, also. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;One or multiple answers?&amp;quot; → One answer only → Multiple answers allowed → Select Only one answer''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Next comes '''One or multiple answers'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here '''One answer only''' is selected, by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your question has more than one answer, select '''Multiple answers allowed'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The settings will have to be configured accordingly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Check Shuffle the choices checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Shuffle the choices''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Number the choices?&amp;quot; → i, ii, iii &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Number the choices''', choose any one number type. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;quot;Answers → Choice 1: i, iv, ii, iii Grade: 100% Feedback: Correct!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we come to the '''Answers''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we have to give 4 choices for the '''MCQ''', of which one will be the right answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice with the right answer will have '''Grade''' as 100% for '''single answer MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can vary this % for '''multiple correct answers MCQ'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just ensure that the total % for that question adds up to 100%. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Choice 2: iv, i, iii, ii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 3: iv, i, ii, iii Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choice 4: i, iii, ii, iv Grade: None Feedback: Incorrect &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the other choices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Blanks for 3 more choices &lt;br /&gt;
| If any question has more choices, you can add those by clicking '''Blanks for 3 more choices'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Scroll to Multiple Tries''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Multiple Tries''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Point to Penalty for each incorrect try → 33.33% Change to 0%''' &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Penalty for each incorrect try''' shows '''33.33%''' by default. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This option controls the penalty for each incorrect try. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But you can set it to zero so that there is no deduction of marks for incorrect tries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the question we created! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → select Preview &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown and select '''Preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is how the question will appear in the quiz. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click i, iii, ii, iv → Submit and Finish Point to the word Incorrect next to the choice. Then point to the pink box where the detailed feedback is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
| Select this choice and click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detailed feedback is displayed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Start again → Select i, iv, ii, iii Point to the feedback &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Start again'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the correct answer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Submit and Finish'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Read the '''feedback''' now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click Close preview &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Close preview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| In the Actions column, → click Edit dropdown → point to Edit, Delete, Duplicate''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Actions''' column, click '''Edit''' dropdown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are options to '''Edit''' the question, or '''Delete''' it, or make a '''Duplicate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use these when required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| That’s how you add questions to a '''Question bank''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a Question Bank is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of questions in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* How to add questions to a Question Bank&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings to add a question &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, follow the instructions provided in '''Assignment.txt''' to create a variety of questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in '''Code files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Forum-for-a-Moodle-Course/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-27T16:28:58Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Forum for a Moodle Course &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, course management, teacher profile, content organization, forum creation, discussion forums, Moodle activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Forum for a Moodle Course'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a '''Forum''' is&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''Forums''' and&lt;br /&gt;
* How to create and configure a '''Forum''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create a '''discussion forum''' for a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
|Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5''', and '''Firefox'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the user icon&lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Moodle Course Page&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create a '''discussion forum''' for '''students''' of a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Let us first understand what a '''Forum''' is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide''' &lt;br /&gt;
|A '''Forum''' in '''Moodle''' is an activity that allows the '''teachers''' and the '''students''' to have asynchronous '''discussions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It helps '''students''' and '''teachers''' to communicate, ask questions, and share ideas. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on My courses → Calculus&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Turn editing on&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Basic Calculus → Add an activity or resource → Forum → Expand all&lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''Basic Calculus,''' click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''Forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| To add a '''forum''', we only need to add a name and the discussion topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And we are good to go! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are many settings available which we will explore now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Forum Name: Introduce ourselves!&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Let’s say hello to everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Forum Name''' type '''“Introduce ourselves!”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Description,''' type '''“Let’s say hello to everyone.”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Check Display description on course page&lt;br /&gt;
| Check '''Display description on course page''' checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click Forum Types&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Forum Types''' to view all the options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The default is the '''Standard forum for general use'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A single simple discussion''' is where the '''teacher''' starts a topic and the '''students''' can respond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the question mark icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''question mark''' icon to know more about the different '''types''' of '''forums'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Show settings – Availability and Attachments and word count&lt;br /&gt;
| Configure '''Availability''' and '''Attachments and word count''' settings as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription settings → select Forced subscription &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Subscription''' settings, it is advisable to select '''Forced subscription'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show Ratings section → select Count of ratings &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Ratings''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable ratings to assess student participation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable &amp;quot;Send content change notification&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Enable '''Send content change notification'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This notifies all the participants that the '''forum''' activity has been updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Save and display the forum&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new '''forum post''' is now added to the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Reply → &amp;quot;I am your teacher for the Calculus course. To know more about me, read my profile info&amp;quot; → click Post to forum &lt;br /&gt;
| To continue the discussion, click '''Reply'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type your response and click '''Post to forum'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Forum discussion posted''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Your post appears under the '''forum''' with the date-time stamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other participants can now '''reply''' and '''rate'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary''' &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What a forum is&lt;br /&gt;
* Explored different types of forums&lt;br /&gt;
* Saw how to create and use forums in a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, create a new forum in the '''Calculus''' course and post the following message: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Refer to this link, where they have also listed the evolutes of some common curves: http://mathworld.wolfram.com/Evolute.html” &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Create-Assignments-for-students-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-27T15:50:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Create Assignments for Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment setup, course organization, activity configuration, access restrictions, grading options, Moodle assignments, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Create Assignments for Students''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create an '''assignment''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, due dates and restrictions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to create '''assignments''' for students in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now learn how to create an '''assignment''' for students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on My courses → Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''My courses''' and '''Advanced Algebra'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on ‘Turn editing on’ &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on “Add an activity or resource” under &amp;quot;Polynomial and Rational Functions&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Polynomial and Rational Functions''' section, click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity chooser appears → Select Assignment → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Activity''' chooser, click on '''Assignment''', and then click the '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New Assignment page &lt;br /&gt;
| We are in the '''New Assignment''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: &amp;quot;Assignment 1 – Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Type a name for the assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the circle: x 2 \+y 2 \=R2 &lt;br /&gt;
# Determine the evolute of the cycloid: x=t−sint, y=1−cost. &lt;br /&gt;
# Prove that the curve given by the equations: x \= R(cost+tsint), y \= R(sint−tcost) is the involute of the circle of radius R centered at the origin. &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type the assignment text for the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Activity instructions: &lt;br /&gt;
Attempt any 2. Each assignment is for 10 marks. &lt;br /&gt;
Your score will be included under Internal Assessments for this semester. &lt;br /&gt;
| In '''Activity instructions''', type instructions and helpful guidelines. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Availability Allow submissions from: 15 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Due date: 30 July 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
Cut-off date: leave blank &lt;br /&gt;
Remind me to grade by: 15 Aug 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Availability''', set the '''Allow submissions from''' and '''Due date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also set dates for '''Cut-off date''' and '''Remind me to grade by'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Check &amp;quot;Always show description&amp;quot; checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Check the checkbox for '''Always show description.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Submission types → check both boxes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Submission types'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose between '''Online text''', '''File submissions''', or both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let everything else remain as is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Setting: Feedback types &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Feedback types''', enable options for '''Feedback comments''' and '''Annotate PDF'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Require students to click the submit → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose '''Yes''' for '''Require students to click the submit button.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Notify graders about submissions → Yes &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Notifications''' and choose '''Yes''' for '''Notify graders about submissions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Grade Type to show the options.  &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Grade Type''' can be in '''Points''' or '''Scale'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Choose as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Retain Points Grade to pass → 40 &lt;br /&gt;
|Type the passing criteria in '''Grade to pass.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Anonymous submissions → select Yes &lt;br /&gt;
|In '''Anonymous submissions''', select '''Yes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This helps teachers to be unbiased and grade the students anonymously. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common Module Settings&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Common Module Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Availability → Show on course page &lt;br /&gt;
|Ensure that '''Availability''' is '''Show on course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Restrict access&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Add restriction → Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Choose dropdown → select Previous activity with completion &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Choose''' dropdown. It displays many options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll select '''Previous activity with completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Completion conditions → select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''Completion conditions''', select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Save and return to course” &lt;br /&gt;
| After entering all settings, scroll down and click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course page showing the assignment link &lt;br /&gt;
| The assignment is now created and visible on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below “Yet Another Calculus Text”. &lt;br /&gt;
| Move it below '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So that’s how you create an '''assignment''' for students in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial, we have learnt how to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Create an assignment in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* Set submission types, and deadlines&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create an assignment with &amp;quot;Name: Assignment 2 - Evolutes and Involutes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot;, copy-paste the text given in Assignment.txt file in the Code Files link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the other steps given therein also.&lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Slide: Acknowledgement&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Review-and-grade-assignments-and-quizzes/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-27T15:20:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments and Quizzes in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, assignment grading, Moodle quiz review, student response analysis, override marks, finalizing grades, Moodle assessment management, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Review and Grade Assignments &amp;amp; Quizzes'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Reviewing and Grading Assignments and Quizzes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* View student submissions for assignments and quizzes&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade assignments manually&lt;br /&gt;
* Review quiz attempts and grades&lt;br /&gt;
* Release grades and feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to evaluate student performance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a '''teacher login'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Teacher access''' to a '''Moodle course'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Have assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org &lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the logged in username&lt;br /&gt;
||Login as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Dashboard → My Courses → Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|From the dashboard, navigate to '''My Courses''' and select the '''Advanced Algebra course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course Page → Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll down and locate the '''Assignment 1''' activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Submissions Refer to the above image &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the '''Submissions''' menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Submissions table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''student submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Participant 1, Participant 2&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Anonymous submissions''' was enabled for this '''assignment'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, the student names appear as '''Participant 1, 2''' and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the three dots below → &amp;quot;Grade&amp;quot; column → textbox → type &lt;br /&gt;
|For '''Participant 2''', let’s locate the column named '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the three dots below it and click on '''Grade'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on the right arrow to go to pages 2 and 3 → Scroll each page to show the text of the submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Page 1 of '''Participant 2’s submission''' is now displayed on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the right arrow to view page 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Type 55 in the Grade textbox&lt;br /&gt;
|Now look at the right side of the screen and scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this submission is incomplete, we will grade it 55 out of 100. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Feedback comment box type “Incomplete submission” &lt;br /&gt;
|Then in the '''Feedback comment box''' we will type a short message. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save changes &lt;br /&gt;
|Once done, click '''Save changes''' at the bottom of the page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Graded status&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''assignment''' submission now has '''Graded status'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Change user dropdown and point to Amina &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate '''Change user''' dropdown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Using this dropdown, we can choose the next student’s assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Repeat the same steps for Participant 1’s submission &lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the grading process for all other student submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on Advanced Algebra at the top left&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s return to the main '''course''' page of '''Advanced Algebra.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: My Courses → Calculus Locate Quiz for Basic Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
|Now, let us learn how to review a '''quiz submission'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''My courses''' and then on '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to the '''quiz''' activity '''Quiz for Basic Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz Summary Page → point to Attempts:2&lt;br /&gt;
|We land on the '''quiz summary''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we can see '''Attempts''' as 2. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the '''Attempts''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Quiz attempts table&lt;br /&gt;
|You will see a table of '''quiz attempts''' by the '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Grade column''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This is an '''auto-graded quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So grades are shown automatically for each student’s attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Mahima → Review attempt&lt;br /&gt;
|Below the student’s name, we can see '''Review attempt''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click this to view the student’s detailed attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Make comment or override mark&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|You can override the grades for any question or add feedback comments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Make comment or override mark'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on “Make comment or override mark” and type “Please refer to the Reading chapter for better understanding.”&lt;br /&gt;
|You can provide written '''feedback''' in the '''comment box'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the Marks box&lt;br /&gt;
|You can also override the marks for the attempt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Screen: Click on Save&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Save''' to apply the '''feedback''' and change in '''Marks''', if any. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, that’s how you do the grading for students’ assignments and quiz attempts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''  &lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we learnt how a teacher can: &lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade assignment submissions&lt;br /&gt;
* Review and grade quiz attempts&lt;br /&gt;
* Provide feedback to students &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment''' &lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Log in as a teacher&lt;br /&gt;
* Grade another '''assignment''' and '''quiz attempt'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Add written feedback as well &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Uploading-and-Editing-Resources-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-27T07:15:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Uploading and Editing Resources &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, add Moodle resources, resource management, configure resource settings, access restrictions, resource organization, course layout customization, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Uploading and Editing Resources in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit and organize resources in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to upload and edit their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Course Page &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by adding a '''Book''' resource to this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| Turn '''editing on''' at the top-right corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → select Book &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Add an activity or resource''', select '''Book''', and click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Book settings page Name: Yet Another Calculus Text &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: A short introduction to evolutes and involutes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Display description on course page checkbox &lt;br /&gt;
| Enter the '''Name''' and '''Description''' of the book.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Optionally, display the description on the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and return to course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Yet Another Calculus Text''' which appears as a '''hyperlink'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import Chapter&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import Chapter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on &amp;quot;Import from Microsoft Word&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Import from Microsoft Word.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Choose a file → click Browse. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Choose a file''', then click '''Browse'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select the book you saved on your machine earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Book-IteratingEvolutesAndInvolutes.docx&amp;quot; ''(upload from the Code files link)''&lt;br /&gt;
| Navigate to the folder where the doc file you want to upload is and select it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Author field &lt;br /&gt;
| The uploader’s name will appear in '''Author'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose CCBYSA 4.0 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on Upload this file &lt;br /&gt;
| This doc is available under the '''CC BY SA license'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So choose that in '''Choose License''' field. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Upload this file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Import → click Continue. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Import'''.  Then click '''Continue'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the text Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm  →  change the name to '''Yet Another Calculus Text'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the pencil icon next to index.htm → change the entire text to sentence-case  →  change the alignment to the left for the entire text  →  click on Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| The chapter is uploaded but requires some renaming and formatting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the right, click on the pencil icon next to '''index.htm.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do the needful alignment and formatting and click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-202 in the breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| It looks better now! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''course short name''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add a '''URL''' resource.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Add an activity or resource” → Select URL Name: Single Variable Calculus External link: https://youtu.be/ryLdyDrBfvI?feature=shared&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''URL'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the '''Name''' and copy-paste the '''external link'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Description: Single Variable Calculus is a short video that introduces the basics of Limits, continuity, Trigonometric limits —how it works and its importance. &lt;br /&gt;
|Then add the appropriate description.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Restriction access. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click Add restriction and Activity completion. &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Restrict access'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add restriction''' and '''Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|In the Activity Completion dropdown, choose Previous activity with completion. &lt;br /&gt;
|In the '''Activity Completion''' dropdown, choose '''Previous activity with completion.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Completion Conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select &amp;quot;Students must manually mark the activity as done&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to '''Completion Conditions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Enable checkbox → 5 July&lt;br /&gt;
|Select the '''Enable checkbox''' and choose '''5 July''' as the date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the URL on the course page&lt;br /&gt;
| View how the '''URL''' appears on the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Hover over the URL resource till a handle appears → move it &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now move this '''URL resource''' below the 3 pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select Actions menu → click Move right &lt;br /&gt;
| Select the '''Actions menu''' and click the '''Move right''' option to indent. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Hide” or “Show” &lt;br /&gt;
| You can also '''Hide''' a resource from students or '''Show''' it again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Delete all the New sections below &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s delete all the '''New sections''' below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the course page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Upload and edit '''Book''', '''File''', and '''URL''' resources &lt;br /&gt;
* Modify, rearrange and manage various resources in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Move &amp;quot;Yet Another Calculus Text&amp;quot; and place it below &amp;quot;Polynomials, Rational Expressions, and Their Applications&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Then indent it  &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-26T08:48:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Adding Users in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create users, user management, bulk user upload, edit user profiles, password policies, user verification, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add and edit a user&lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload users in bulk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' in different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add a new user &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with adding a new '''user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Site administration, Users''', and '''Add a new user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Expand All''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type nitya.jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| First type your '''username'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Authentication Method &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  Manual accounts  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the dropdown to open it &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Authentication Method''' shows '''Manual accounts''' because we are adding this '''user''' manually. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the drop down to view the other options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Generate password and notify user &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''Generate password and notify user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, a '''system-generated password''' will be '''emailed''' to this '''user''' along with a notification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New password &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Sample@123 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Type in a new '''password''' for this new '''user'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye '''icon''' to read the typed '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Force password change''' box &lt;br /&gt;
| Selecting '''Force password change''' box is recommended.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It forces the '''user''' to change their '''password''' when he/she first '''logs in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add new user form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First name: Nitya,  Last name: Jeevan,  Email: nitya@example.com. &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''mandatory fields''' like '''First name, Last name''', and '''Email id'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle-specific settings &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and show other Moodle-specific fields: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Authentication method''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Suspended user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email display options'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please avoid entering unnecessary personal information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Create user&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|After filling in the required fields, click '''Create user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''user Nitya''' is seen in the '''user list'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Contains &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type Nitya in First name field &amp;gt;&amp;gt; close Filters&lt;br /&gt;
| To edit a '''user''', we will use the '''filters options''' to search for '''Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit user profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add city and country &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile.&lt;br /&gt;
| Next to her name, click the '''Actions menu''' and then on '''Edit.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add or update any detail and click on '''Update profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s learn to '''upload users''' in '''bulk'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Users.csv file with column-names &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username, Password, First name, Last name, Email,&amp;quot;          &amp;quot;role1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
joy.david, Joy@123,  Joy,        David,     joy@example.com, teacher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mahima.singh, Mahima@123, Mahima, Singh, mahima@example.com, student &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Create a '''CSV file''' with column-names '''&amp;quot;username, password, first name, last name, email,&amp;quot;''' and '''&amp;quot;role1&amp;quot;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Upload users page &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Users''' section, go to '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''CSV file''' and upload it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Moodle''' will show a preview list of new '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that ''' Joy David''' and '''Mahima Singh''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on &amp;quot;Upload users&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight on the screen&lt;br /&gt;
| It says here - '''Invalid password policy.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means, we have to give a better '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|username &amp;gt;&amp;gt; joy.david &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''username,''' click on '''joy.david'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Edit profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' and '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Click on '''Users''' in the breadcrumbs.&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Users''' in the breadcrumbs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya, Joy, Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we can see all the '''users''' we added manually and via bulk upload. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s how we add '''users''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add and edit '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Bulk upload of '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user &amp;quot;Amina Hasan&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''user list''' to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Generating-reports-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T17:17:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, grades management, course reports, report filters, report download, data analysis, Moodle assessment, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Title – Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
|Welcome to this Spoken Tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Generating Reports in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What are '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Types of '''reports'''&lt;br /&gt;
* How to generate, '''download''', and analyze '''reports''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Target Audience''' &lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' using '''Moodle''' to view or '''download reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: System Requirements''' &lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice.  &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Prerequisites''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should: &lt;br /&gt;
* Have a teacher login&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a Moodle course&lt;br /&gt;
* Have graded assignment and quiz submissions from students &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites for this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Logged in as teacher Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
|Login as '''teacher Nitya.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Screen: Moodle Dashboard''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reports''' in '''Moodle''' help track student progress, course activity, and engagement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now let us see how to generate these '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Advanced Algebra course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Advanced Algebra''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this course had 2 '''graded assignments'''. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to see the '''grades''' scored by all the students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to dropdown option - Grader Report&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The default dropdown option here is ''''Grader Report.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click the dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
|Click to view other options for '''reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Single View &lt;br /&gt;
|Let's click on '''Single view'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Search users''' textbox, start typing the name of the student. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you type, names of students appear in a list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the student you want to view details of. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll slowly down the page&lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll to see all the graded items and related details. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Scroll up Menu: Click on Reports&lt;br /&gt;
|Next, from the '''course menu''', click on '''Reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Available types – Activity, Course participation, Logs, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
|You can choose from several '''report types''' listed here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall this '''course''' had completion statuses for all the '''course''' materials. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Select: Activity completion&lt;br /&gt;
|Let’s choose the '''report type - Activity completion'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''report''', we can see the completion details for each '''course''' material. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options &lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Show: Export options (CSV, Excel compatible)&lt;br /&gt;
|If you want to save or share the '''report''', look for the '''Download''' options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can export the '''report''' in formats like ''''CSV'''' or ''''Excel compatible format.'''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click Download Excel compatible format&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''Download''' to save the '''report''' to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the '''downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Decide on actions such as helping low-performing students or revising content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Now let’s learn how '''teachers''' can '''download quiz reports'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Navigate: Go to Calculus course → click Grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Click '''My courses.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Calculus''' and then click '''Grades'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Recall that this '''course''' had a '''quiz'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click column head &amp;quot;Quiz for Basic Calculus&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|In the table, click on the column head '''Quiz for Basic Calculus''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Click on &amp;quot;Results&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|The '''quiz summary''' page opens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''quiz menu''', click on '''Results'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to the filter options&lt;br /&gt;
|Use the '''filters''' to customize the '''report''' as per your requirement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for &amp;quot;Download table data as&amp;quot; → Click on &amp;quot;Excel option&amp;quot; → click Download &lt;br /&gt;
|Locate the dropdown for '''Download table data as.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Choose the '''format''' suitable for you. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click on '''Download''' button. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|Open the report file on your computer and view the data&lt;br /&gt;
|Review the''' downloaded report''' to identify patterns and insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So this is how a '''teacher''' can access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, in this tutorial we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to access '''reports''' in '''Moodle'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Generate and download them&lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''reports''' to analyze and improve '''course''' outcomes &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Slide: Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an '''assignment''': &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''filters''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Export the '''report''' in '''PDF format''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''report''' and identify students who may need additional help &lt;br /&gt;
|We encourage you to try out this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| '''Slide: Acknowledgement'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Format-course-material/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T16:57:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Format Course Material in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, manage Moodle course sections, content formatting, multimedia integration, activity completion settings, organize course materials, Moodle HTML editor, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Format Course Material in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''course editing controls''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''default HTML editor''' of '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for '''students'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to format their '''course materials''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, you should have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorial, please visit https://EduPyramids.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the user icon &lt;br /&gt;
| We are logged in as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll and click on Calculus → point to Elementary Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us now begin editing the '''course Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click “Turn editing on” &lt;br /&gt;
| First, turn '''editing on''' at the top right of the '''course page'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on pencil icon next to &amp;quot;Elementary Calculus&amp;quot; to edit section name &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''pencil icon''' next to the topic name '''Elementary Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the new name '''Basic Calculus''' and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use move icon to drag topic &amp;quot;Matrices above Sequences and Series&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''handle icon''' to rearrange the sequential order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Duplicate → point to Matrices (copy)  &lt;br /&gt;
| To duplicate a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Duplicate'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices (copy) → Click Action menu →  Delete &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a topic, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Delete'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm when prompted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Hide For Matrices → Click Action menu → Show &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a topic from students, click '''Actions menu''', and '''Hide'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see a new '''status &amp;quot;Hidden from students&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revert this to '''Show.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s now explore the '''default HTML editor''' used in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Matrices → Click Action menu → Edit Settings → Expand all &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Matrices,''' click '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit Settings.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Come to Description box &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' box. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Use bold, italics, underline on the first line: ''''Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:'''' &lt;br /&gt;
| On the text, you can apply formatting like '''Bold''', ''Italics'', and &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Underline&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Demonstrate bullets and numbering as shown below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following sub-topics will be covered in this topic:&lt;br /&gt;
# Evolutes and involutes;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Evaluation of definite and improper integrals;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Beta and Gamma functions and their properties;  &lt;br /&gt;
# Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inverse and rank of a matrix, rank-nullity theorem;  System of linear equations;  Symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices;  Determinants; Eigenvalues and eigenvectors;  Diagonalization of matrices;  Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, and Orthogonal transformation. &lt;br /&gt;
| Use '''Bullet''' or '''Numbered lists''' to organize the points for better readability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Link icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Link icon''', to add '''hyperlinks'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Image and Multimedia &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Image''' or '''Multimedia icons''' to upload visuals or videos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Equation Editor &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Equation Editor icon''' to insert mathematical equations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Just point to Table &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Table menu''' to add and configure structured content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes &lt;br /&gt;
| After making all the changes, click '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| View the changes in the text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll down to My Courses → click on Advanced Algebra &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''', scroll down to '''My Courses''' and click on '''Advanced Algebra course.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Polynomial and Rational Functions → 3 pages &lt;br /&gt;
| In an earlier assignment, '''3 pages''' were added below '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Exponential and Logarithmic Functions→ click on Actions menu →Edit settings. &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', click on '''Actions menu''' and '''Edit settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Expand all. Scroll down to Completion conditions→ point to None →Select Students must manually mark the activity as done &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Expand all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down to '''Completion conditions'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows '''None''' by default.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Students must manually mark the activity as done'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Set reminder in Timeline → check Enable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date as 15 July and time as 10am → click Save and return to course &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Set reminder in Timeline''', check '''Enable'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set the date and time, and click on '''Save and return to course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to the status  &lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Exponential and Logarithmic Functions''', we can see a '''status''' button now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch role to → Student &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s view the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Switch role to…''' and '''Student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Student view  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how the '''course''' appears to a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Revert back &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back to the '''teacher''' role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we have learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to format course topics and content &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the default HTML editor in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
* Add completion conditions for students   &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment, add completion conditions to the 2 other resource pages of '''Polynomial and Rational Functions.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(These 2 pages should already have been added by teacher Nitya in a previous assignment.) &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T16:38:08Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Settings in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, configure Moodle course, course settings, organize course structure, manage course visibility, Moodle course appearance, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Settings in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the '''teacher''' can '''configure Course Settings''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content for '''students'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the '''course''' as a '''student''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to '''configure''' their assigned '''courses''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as teacher&lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Dashboard (Teacher view) &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by '''configuring''' the '''course settings''' for the '''course Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home → Calculus → point to '''Edit Mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Click on '''Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings → Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''course menu''', click on '''Settings''' and then on '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Full name and Short name &lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''General''', you can edit the '''Full name''' and '''Short name''' of the '''course''' if you want to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course visibility → Select Show &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Course visibility''' dropdown to '''Show''' or '''Hide''' the course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course start date '''15 June''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Start date''' as '''15 June''' using the '''calendar''' picker. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Description → Course Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type below the existing text: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in calculus, multivariate analysis and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling more advanced level of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in their disciplines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students will learn:      &lt;br /&gt;
1. To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.      &lt;br /&gt;
2. The fallouts of Rolle's Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering problems.      &lt;br /&gt;
3. The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.      &lt;br /&gt;
4. To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.     &lt;br /&gt;
5. The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Summary''' box, let’s add some more introduction text about this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pause the video and type the following text or any text of your own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and point to Course Format settings section &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s look at '''Course format settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Format dropdown → Weekly &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose between '''Weekly''', '''Single Activity''' or '''Social''' format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Course layout → All sections on one page &lt;br /&gt;
| Decide if you want all topics on one page or one per page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Appearance &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Appearance''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields: Show gradebook, Show activity reports &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose to '''Hide''' or '''Show the Gradebook''' and '''Activity reports''' to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Files and uploads → Maximum upload size &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Maximum upload size''' for student submissions to a reasonable size.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20Mb''' is good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and Return &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll to Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''' and scroll to '''Calculus course''' to view what we have added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to Course Page of Calculus course → Click “Add an activity or resource” &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some '''course materials''' to the '''Calculus course'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below '''Elementary Calculus''', click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose “Page” → click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Page''' from the list and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Name''' field, type a suitable page title as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: Limits, Derivatives, and Integrals &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type a brief description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Page Content: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The basic calculus course covers fundamental topics such as limits and continuity, the definition and applications of derivatives, and the fundamentals of integration, including the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. It emphasizes techniques for analyzing the behavior of functions, optimization problems, and the calculation of areas under curves, providing essential mathematical tools for advanced analysis.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Provide some more details about the '''course''' in the '''Page Content''' box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and display &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new page here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add an activity or resource → File. &lt;br /&gt;
| To upload a file, click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''File'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Mandatory Reading Adding Materials → Upload a Word file → choose this file after downloading it on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course settings - File upload.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Type a suitable name and brief description as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the file from your machine that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Save and display'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new file here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs → scroll → check Elementary Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and check '''Elementary Calculus course''' to view all the additions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Announcements → Add Discussion Topic → &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subject: All Students Message: “Please check the announcements regularly” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
→ Click Post to Forum&lt;br /&gt;
| To post an announcement, click '''Announcements.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add Discussion Topic.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Subject''' line and '''Message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Post to Forum.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Top-right menu → Switch role to....&lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s preview the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose student &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''user icon''', click '''Switch role to...''' and select '''student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Announcement appears in student view → click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now view how '''students''' view the '''announcements.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And here is the '''course''' content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back  &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back by clicking on '''Return to my normal role.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how we do the '''basic configurations''' of a '''course''' as a '''teacher'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the teacher can configure settings of a course &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content &lt;br /&gt;
* How to post an announcement &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the course as a student &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,  &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the course named Advanced Algebra using all the settings we explored (This course should already be assigned to teacher Nitya by the Site Administrator) &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Course-settings-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T16:32:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Course Settings in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, configure Moodle course, course settings, organize course structure, manage course visibility, Moodle course appearance, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Visual Cues&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;width:450px;&amp;quot; | Narration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Course Settings in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the '''teacher''' can '''configure Course Settings''' in '''Moodle''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content for '''students'''  &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the '''course''' as a '''student''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is intended for '''teachers''' who want to '''configure''' their assigned '''courses''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher access to a course &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as teacher&lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as '''teacher Nitya Jeevan.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle Dashboard (Teacher view) &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s begin by '''configuring''' the '''course settings''' for the '''course Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home → Calculus → point to '''Edit Mode''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Click on '''Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure '''Edit Mode''' is '''ON.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Settings → Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''course menu''', click on '''Settings''' and then on '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Full name and Short name &lt;br /&gt;
| Below '''General''', you can edit the '''Full name''' and '''Short name''' of the '''course''' if you want to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course visibility → Select Show &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''Course visibility''' dropdown to '''Show''' or '''Hide''' the course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: General → Course start date '''15 June''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Start date''' as '''15 June''' using the '''calendar''' picker. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Description → Course Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type below the existing text: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in calculus, multivariate analysis and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students with standard concepts and tools at an intermediate to advanced level that will serve them well towards tackling more advanced level of mathematics and applications that they would find useful in their disciplines.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students will learn:      &lt;br /&gt;
1. To apply differential and integral calculus to notions of curvature and to improper integrals. Apart from some other applications they will have a basic understanding of Beta and Gamma functions.      &lt;br /&gt;
2. The fallouts of Rolle's Theorem that is fundamental to application of analysis to Engineering problems.      &lt;br /&gt;
3. The tool of power series and Fourier series for learning advanced Engineering Mathematics.      &lt;br /&gt;
4. To deal with functions of several variables that are essential in most branches of engineering.     &lt;br /&gt;
5. The essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Description''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Summary''' box, let’s add some more introduction text about this '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pause the video and type the following text or any text of your own. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and point to Course Format settings section &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, let’s look at '''Course format settings.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Format dropdown → Weekly &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose between '''Weekly''', '''Single Activity''' or '''Social''' format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Field: Course layout → All sections on one page &lt;br /&gt;
| Decide if you want all topics on one page or one per page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Appearance &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll to the '''Appearance''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Fields: Show gradebook, Show activity reports &lt;br /&gt;
| Choose to '''Hide''' or '''Show the Gradebook''' and '''Activity reports''' to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Section: Files and uploads → Maximum upload size &lt;br /&gt;
| Set the '''Maximum upload size''' for student submissions to a reasonable size.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20Mb''' is good. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and Return &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home → scroll to Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Home''' and scroll to '''Calculus course''' to view what we have added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to Course Page of Calculus course → Click “Add an activity or resource” &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, let’s add some '''course materials''' to the '''Calculus course'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below '''Elementary Calculus''', click '''Add an activity or resource'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose “Page” → click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Page''' from the list and click '''Expand All'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Name''' field, type a suitable page title as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description: Limits, Derivatives, and Integrals &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Description''' box, type a brief description. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Page Content: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The basic calculus course covers fundamental topics such as limits and continuity, the definition and applications of derivatives, and the fundamentals of integration, including the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. It emphasizes techniques for analyzing the behavior of functions, optimization problems, and the calculation of areas under curves, providing essential mathematical tools for advanced analysis.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Provide some more details about the '''course''' in the '''Page Content''' box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save and display &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save and display.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new page here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Add an activity or resource → File. &lt;br /&gt;
| To upload a file, click '''Add an activity or resource''' and '''File'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name: Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Mandatory Reading Adding Materials → Upload a Word file → choose this file after downloading it on your machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Course settings - File upload.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Type a suitable name and brief description as shown. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the file from your machine that you want to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Save and display'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Elementary Calculus in the breadcrumbs → point to Reading material for Introduction to Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''breadcrumbs''', click '''Elementary Calculus.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice a new file here.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is what you added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs → scroll → check Elementary Calculus  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now click '''Math-101''' in the '''breadcrumbs'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and check '''Elementary Calculus course''' to view all the additions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Announcements → Add Discussion Topic → &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subject: All Students Message: “Please check the announcements regularly” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
→ Click Post to Forum&lt;br /&gt;
| To post an announcement, click '''Announcements.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Add Discussion Topic.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''Subject''' line and '''Message.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And click '''Post to Forum.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Top-right menu → Switch role to....&lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s preview the '''course''' as a '''student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Choose student &lt;br /&gt;
| Click the '''user icon''', click '''Switch role to...''' and select '''student.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Announcement appears in student view → click Math-101 in the breadcrumbs &lt;br /&gt;
| You can now view how '''students''' view the '''announcements.'''   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And here is the '''course''' content. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back  &lt;br /&gt;
| Switch back by clicking on '''Return to my normal role.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| This is how we do the '''basic configurations''' of a '''course''' as a '''teacher'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* How the teacher can configure settings of a course &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add content &lt;br /&gt;
* How to post an announcement &lt;br /&gt;
* How to view the course as a student &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,  &lt;br /&gt;
* Configure the course named Advanced Algebra using all the settings we explored (This course should already be assigned to teacher Nitya by the Site Administrator) &lt;br /&gt;
* Use the details provided in the Assignment.txt file provided in the Code Files link &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment using the '''Assignment.txt''' file provided in the '''Code Files''' link. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Install-plugins/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T16:09:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, Moodle plugins overview, install plugins, configure plugin settings, moodle.org plugins, plugin management, Moodle plugin setup, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Install Plugins in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* What is a '''plugin''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Steps to install '''plugins''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle administrators''' who want to enhance '''Moodle functionality'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Moodle tutorials, please visit https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: What is a plugin? &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin by understanding what a '''plugin''' is. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A '''plugin''' is an '''add-on''' that provides additional features in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview Screen: Plugins overview page.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
| Go to '''Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page shows already installed '''plugins''' and their '''settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Scroll to File Submissions, Advanced Grading methods &lt;br /&gt;
| For example: '''Plugins''' like '''File Submissions''' and '''Advanced Grading methods''' can be '''configured'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down to Assignment Submission plugins.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Let’s learn to '''configure''' the settings of '''Assignment Submission plugins.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on File submissions plugin &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Settings &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''File submissions Settings'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change Maximum files per submission &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 5. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change '''Maximum files per submission''' to '''5'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| For Default accepted file types &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Choose &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Document files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Select the checkbox next to &amp;quot;Image files&amp;quot; &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click Expand &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select &amp;quot;jpeg, jpg, png&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| For '''Default accepted file types,''' click on the '''Choose''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Document files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the checkbox next to '''Image files.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Expand''' and here select '''jpeg, jpg''' and '''png.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click '''Save Changes'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can now see our selections in  '''Default accepted file types''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Save Changes.  &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Save Changes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle.org plugins &lt;br /&gt;
| Next, we will learn to install a new '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, go to (https://moodle.org/plugins/)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Search “'''HP5'''” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Search box''' type '''HP5.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in '''Moodle version''' box, select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format) &amp;gt;&amp;gt;''' Click on it. &lt;br /&gt;
| The search result shows '''Microsoft Word File Import/Export (Question Format).'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|This '''plugin''' allows '''quiz questions''' to be '''imported''' from a '''Word file''' into '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''plugin''' also '''imports tables, images''', and '''equations''' from the '''Word file'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Verify that you are human''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on '''3.9.7 version''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Download.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If prompted '''Verify that you are human''', then click on the latest '''version'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Note the name and location of the '''zip file''' that is downloaded on your machine. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the steps. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now, come back to your '''Moodle interface'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Install plugins.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We come to the '''Plugin Installer''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click '''Choose a file''' and follow the prompts for selection of this '''plugin'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Install plugin from the ZIP file &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click on '''Install plugin from the ZIP file.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow all the prompts to complete the installation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview &amp;gt;&amp;gt; search Microsoft&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, search for '''Microsoft'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see this '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Go to [https://moodle.org/plugins/](https://moodle.org/plugins/) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search “Completion Progress” &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select '''Moodle 4.5''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the search results click on '''Completion Progress''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Download''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back to your '''Moodle interface'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click on '''Plugins''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Install Plugins'''&amp;gt;&amp;gt; come to '''Plugin Installer''' page &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click '''Choose a file''' and select this zip file &amp;gt;&amp;gt; follow the steps to install. &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, install the '''Completion Progress plugin''' by following the on-screen instructions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a useful '''plugin''' for '''teachers''' to visually see the progress of the '''students''' in a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Plugins &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Plugins overview''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; On this page, search for '''Completion Progress''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Additional''' &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Plugins overview''', search for '''Completion Progress'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This '''plugin''' is now '''installed''' and listed as '''Additional'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|So, this is how '''plugins''' are '''installed''' in '''Moodle'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt: &lt;br /&gt;
* What plugins are &lt;br /&gt;
* How to install plugins from &amp;quot;moodle.org&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment &lt;br /&gt;
* Install &amp;quot;Quiz Analytics&amp;quot; plugin in your Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services,private limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Assigning-User-Roles-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T15:48:04Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Assigning User Roles in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, user management, user roles, course enrollment, site-level roles, user filtering, course management, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Assigning User Roles in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''assign''' different '''roles''' to '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign a '''teacher''' to a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to '''enrol''' a '''student''' in a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' and their '''roles'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5 &lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have:  &lt;br /&gt;
*  Moodle 4.5 installed and &lt;br /&gt;
*  Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Browse list of users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Site administration''', '''Users''',  '''Browse list of users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Reset all. &lt;br /&gt;
| To remove any filters set earlier, click on '''Filters''' and '''Reset all'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| We can see a list of all '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that '''Nitya, Joy''' and '''Mahima''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the previous assignment, you would have also added '''Amina'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home and Participants  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enrolled Users list &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home''' and '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A list of all '''Enrolled Users''' on this '''Moodle website''' is displayed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are not yet '''enrolled''' in any '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Roles column, move cursor up and down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to pencil icon &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Click that icon for Joy David &lt;br /&gt;
| The '''role''' column says “'''No roles'''” and there is a '''pencil icon''' next to it.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click that '''icon''' for '''Joy David'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dropdown popup appears &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on the Save icon above. &lt;br /&gt;
| A dropdown pop-up appears with 4 '''roles'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select '''Teacher'''.  Then click on the '''Save icon''' above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Repeat the same actions for Nitya, Mahima and Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise assign '''roles''' to '''Nitya''' as '''teacher''', and '''Mahima''' and '''Amina''' as '''students'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| After '''teacher''' and '''student roles''' are '''assigned''', we can '''enroll''' them into specific '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Home'''.  Scroll down. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Calculus course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Participants &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Enroll users. &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Calculus course''' and then on '''Participants'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll down and click on '''Enroll users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Select Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Nitya.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Assign Role &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Teacher &lt;br /&gt;
| In the pop-up, click on '''Select Users''' dropdown and select '''Nitya'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In '''Assign Role,''' select '''Teacher''' and '''enroll'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Follow same steps for Amina &lt;br /&gt;
| Likewise, add '''Amina''' as a '''Student'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: A to Z filters for First name and Last name &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice the '''A to Z filters''' for '''First name''' and '''Last name'''.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are useful to narrow down the '''search''' when the '''user list''' is very long. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on N in First name and J in Last name &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Nitya Jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''N''' in '''First name''' and '''J''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The search results now only display '''Nitya Jeevan'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on All in First name and All in Last name  &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''All''' in '''First name''' and '''All''' in '''Last name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, this is how you assign '''roles''' to '''users''' on a '''Moodle website''' and add them to a specific '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign roles like Teacher or Student &lt;br /&gt;
* Manage user roles within a course &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 1 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Change Joy David’s role from Teacher to Student. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the user list to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
* Change her role back to Teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out these assignments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Linear Algebra and Multivariable Calculus courses &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Joy David as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment 3 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the Advanced Algebra course &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Nitya Jeevan as teacher  &lt;br /&gt;
* Assign Mahima Singh and Amina Hasan as students  &lt;br /&gt;
|        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services, Private Limited. SINE, IIT Bombay.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Adding-Users-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T15:37:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Adding Users in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create users, user management, bulk user upload, edit user profiles, password policies, user verification, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title- Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle  &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 - Adding Users in Moodle. '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to add and edit a user&lt;br /&gt;
* How to upload users in bulk &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Site administrators''' who manage '''users''' in different '''courses'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Users &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add a new user &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with adding a new '''user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on '''Site administration, Users''', and '''Add a new user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Click Expand All &lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Expand All''' option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type nitya.jeevan &lt;br /&gt;
| First type your '''username'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Authentication Method &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  Manual accounts  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the dropdown to open it &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Authentication Method''' shows '''Manual accounts''' because we are adding this '''user''' manually. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the drop down to view the other options. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Generate password and notify user &lt;br /&gt;
| Notice '''Generate password and notify user.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If checked, a '''system-generated password''' will be '''emailed''' to this '''user''' along with a notification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| New password &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Sample@123 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye icon &lt;br /&gt;
| Type in a new '''password''' for this new '''user'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow standard '''password''' rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the eye '''icon''' to read the typed '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Select '''Force password change''' box &lt;br /&gt;
| Selecting '''Force password change''' box is recommended.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It forces the '''user''' to change their '''password''' when he/she first '''logs in'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Add new user form &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First name: Nitya,  Last name: Jeevan,  Email: nitya@example.com. &lt;br /&gt;
| Fill in the '''mandatory fields''' like '''First name, Last name''', and '''Email id'''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Moodle-specific settings &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll and show other Moodle-specific fields: &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Authentication method''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Suspended user''' &lt;br /&gt;
* '''Email display options'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Please avoid entering unnecessary personal information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click &amp;quot;Create user&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|After filling in the required fields, click '''Create user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya &lt;br /&gt;
| The new '''user Nitya''' is seen in the '''user list'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Filters &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select Contains &amp;gt;&amp;gt; type Nitya in First name field &amp;gt;&amp;gt; close Filters&lt;br /&gt;
| To edit a '''user''', we will use the '''filters options''' to search for '''Nitya'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit user profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Add city and country &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on Update profile.&lt;br /&gt;
| Next to her name, click the '''Actions menu''' and then on '''Edit.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add or update any detail and click on '''Update profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| Now let’s learn to '''upload users''' in '''bulk'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: CSV file with column-names &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Username, Password, First name, Last name, Email,&amp;quot;          &amp;quot;Role1&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
joy.david, Joy@123,  Joy,        David,     joy@example.com, teacher &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mahima.singh, Mahima@123, Mahima, Singh, mahima@example.com, student &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Create a '''CSV file''' with column-names '''&amp;quot;Username, Password, First name, Last name, Email,&amp;quot;''' and '''&amp;quot;Role1&amp;quot;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Upload users page &lt;br /&gt;
| From the '''Users''' section, go to '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the '''CSV file''' and upload it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Confirm upload results &lt;br /&gt;
| '''Moodle''' will show a preview list of new '''users'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can verify that''' Joy David''' and '''Mahima Singh''' are added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click on &amp;quot;Upload users&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click on '''Upload users.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Highlight on the screen&lt;br /&gt;
| It says here - '''Invalid password policy.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which means, we have to give a better '''password'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|username &amp;gt;&amp;gt; joy.david &lt;br /&gt;
| Under '''username,''' click on '''joy.david'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Edit profile &amp;gt;&amp;gt; change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' &amp;gt;&amp;gt; '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
| Then click '''Edit profile.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the '''password''' to '''David@123''' and '''Update profile'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on '''Users''' in the breadcrumbs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Point to Nitya, Joy, Mahima &lt;br /&gt;
| Now we can see all the '''users''' we added manually and via bulk upload. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s how we add '''users''' in '''Moodle'''! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add and edit '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Bulk upload of '''users''' &lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a new user &amp;quot;Amina Hasan&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Review the '''user list''' to confirm. &lt;br /&gt;
| We encourage you to try out this assignment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services, SINE, IIT Bombay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T14:13:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create courses, course management, edit course settings, duplicate courses, course visibility, course list, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 - Courses in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to create a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to perform various actions on '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle Administrators''' who manage '''courses''' on '''Moodle''' installations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site Administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses and categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with creating a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most institutions organize '''courses''' by campus or department. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create new course Course name: type Calculus. &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right side, click on '''Create new course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Course name''' field, type '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Short name: Math-101 &lt;br /&gt;
| You can add the '''Course short name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the Course category to 1st year Maths. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change the '''Course category''' to '''1st year Maths.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Course Start date &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 15 June 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck &amp;quot;Course end date&amp;quot; box &lt;br /&gt;
| Then define the '''Course start date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck the box to disable '''Course end date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course summary &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  type: &amp;quot;Topics covered in this Calculus course are: Limits, Graph of a function, Factorial.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Course Summary''' box, type a description for the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save and return &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course list page &lt;br /&gt;
| The newly created '''Calculus course''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit options for Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| To '''edit''', click the '''pencil icon''' next to the '''course''' name '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can update '''course settings''' here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll to the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Highlight Course summary.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The '''course summary''' is also shown along with the '''course list''' on the '''Home page.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to My courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide a course &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a '''course''', click the eye '''icon''' '''Hide'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes the '''course''' invisible to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Unhide the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Show&lt;br /&gt;
| To '''unhide''', click the eye '''icon Show'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Copy course  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select settings &amp;gt;&amp;gt; add content &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy and return&lt;br /&gt;
| To make a copy of the '''course''', click '''Copy course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This opens a pop-up box to copy the '''course.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add content, select the settings, and click on '''Copy and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Duplicate course demo.&lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The copied '''course''' may take a few minutes to appear on the '''Moodle interface.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Reorder courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Move Duplicate course above Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''move icon''' to change the order of the '''courses''' within the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Duplicate course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Delete icon and click &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a '''course''', click the '''Delete''' icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⚠️ Deleting a '''course''' will remove all its materials, '''question banks, quizzes, users''', and '''submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick demo of adding and managing a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit, hide, unhide, duplicate, reorder, and delete a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Add summaries and organize courses properly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 1&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new course: &amp;quot;Linear Algebra&amp;quot; under the &amp;quot;1st year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add this Summary: &amp;quot;Linear equations, Matrices, and Vectors&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Hide this course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 2&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add two new courses under &amp;quot;2nd Year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory: &amp;quot;Multivariable Calculus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the start date of both to &amp;quot;15th June&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now it's your turn to do this assignment.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</id>
		<title>Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Moodle/C2/Courses-in-Moodle/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T14:11:21Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title of the script: Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Author: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keywords: moodle, moodle lms, lms, learning management system, educational lms, open-source lms, create courses, course management, edit course settings, duplicate courses, course visibility, course list,video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border =1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Visual Cues &lt;br /&gt;
|| Narration &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Title: Moodle 4.5 - Courses in Moodle &lt;br /&gt;
| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Moodle 4.5 – Courses in Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Learning Objectives &lt;br /&gt;
| In this tutorial, we will learn: &lt;br /&gt;
* How to create a '''course''' &lt;br /&gt;
* How to perform various actions on '''courses''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Target Audience &lt;br /&gt;
| This tutorial is for '''Moodle Administrators''' who manage '''courses''' on '''Moodle''' installations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tutorial is recorded using: &lt;br /&gt;
* Ubuntu Linux OS version 22.04 &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle version 4.5&lt;br /&gt;
* Firefox browser &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use any OS or web browser of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
| Recorded with '''Ubuntu, Moodle 4.5,''' and '''Firefox.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use any '''OS''' or '''web browser''' of your choice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Prerequisites &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To follow this tutorial, ensure you have: &lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 4.5 installed and&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin access to your Moodle site  &lt;br /&gt;
* For prerequisite tutorials, please visit &amp;quot;https://EduPyramids.org&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| Here are the prerequisites to learn this video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Login as admin &lt;br /&gt;
| We are '''logged in''' as the '''Admin user'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Site Administration &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses and categories &lt;br /&gt;
| Let us begin with creating a '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most institutions organize '''courses''' by campus or department. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click on Create new course Course name: type Calculus. &lt;br /&gt;
| On the right side, click on '''Create new course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''Course name''' field, type '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Short name: Math-101 &lt;br /&gt;
| You can add the '''Course short name'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Change the Course category to 1st year Maths. &lt;br /&gt;
| Change the '''Course category''' to '''1st year Maths.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Course Start date &amp;gt;&amp;gt; 15 June 2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck &amp;quot;Course end date&amp;quot; box &lt;br /&gt;
| Then define the '''Course start date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uncheck the box to disable '''Course end date'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course summary &amp;gt;&amp;gt;  type: &amp;quot;Topics covered in this Calculus course are: Limits, Graph of a function, Factorial.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
| In the '''Course Summary''' box, type a description for the '''course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Save and return &lt;br /&gt;
| Scroll down and click '''Save and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Course list page &lt;br /&gt;
| The newly created '''Calculus course''' appears in the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Edit options for Calculus course &lt;br /&gt;
| To '''edit''', click the '''pencil icon''' next to the '''course''' name '''Calculus'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can update '''course settings''' here. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Click Home &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Scroll to the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Highlight Course summary.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The '''course summary''' is also shown along with the '''course list''' on the '''Home page.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to My courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Manage courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Hide a course &lt;br /&gt;
| To hide a '''course''', click the eye '''icon''' '''Hide'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes the '''course''' invisible to students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Unhide the course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Show&lt;br /&gt;
| To '''unhide''', click the eye '''icon Show'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Copy course  &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; select settings &amp;gt;&amp;gt; add content &amp;gt;&amp;gt; click Copy and return&lt;br /&gt;
| To make a copy of the '''course''', click '''Copy course'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This opens a pop-up box to copy the '''course.'''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add content, select the settings, and click on '''Copy and return'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
|Point to Duplicate course demo.&lt;br /&gt;
| Please note: The copied '''course''' may take a few minutes to appear on the '''Moodle interface.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Reorder courses &amp;gt;&amp;gt; Move Duplicate course above Calculus &lt;br /&gt;
| Use the '''move icon''' to change the order of the '''courses''' within the list. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Screen: Duplicate course &amp;gt;&amp;gt; point to Delete icon and click &lt;br /&gt;
| To delete a '''course''', click the '''Delete''' icon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
⚠️ Deleting a '''course''' will remove all its materials, '''question banks, quizzes, users''', and '''submissions'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  &lt;br /&gt;
| So, that’s the quick demo of adding and managing a '''course''' in '''Moodle'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Summary &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To summarise, we learnt how to: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Edit, hide, unhide, duplicate, reorder, and delete a course &lt;br /&gt;
* Add summaries and organize courses properly &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| Here is the summary of this tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Assignment &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 1&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Create a new course: &amp;quot;Linear Algebra&amp;quot; under the &amp;quot;1st year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory. &lt;br /&gt;
* Add this Summary: &amp;quot;Linear equations, Matrices, and Vectors&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Hide this course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Assignment 2&amp;quot;: &lt;br /&gt;
* Add two new courses under &amp;quot;2nd Year Maths&amp;quot; subcategory: &amp;quot;Multivariable Calculus&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Advanced Algebra&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* Set the start date of both to &amp;quot;15th June&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
| Now it's your turn to do this assignment.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Slide: Acknowledgement &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Expert: Nancy Varkey&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|This spoken tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you for watching! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English</id>
		<title>Linux-New/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:12:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English to Linux-New/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of script''': ''' Text Editing using sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''': sed, substitute, insert, delete, global substitution, g flag, case-insensitive, context addressing, Video Tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Text Editing using sed'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2 Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform text substitution using '''sed '''command.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''g''' flag for global substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute multiple '''sed''' commands using the '''hyphen e''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
* Apply substitution based on context.&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and remove lines from a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Redirect '''sed '''output to an output file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu OS '''version 24 point 04&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Bash''' version 5 point 1 point 16;&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4 Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
https://EduPyramids.org&lt;br /&gt;
|| Learners should have&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu version 24 point 04 '''and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Bash version 5 '''point '''1 '''point '''16'''&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite Linux tutorials please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code files'''&lt;br /&gt;
The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''sed-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us run some examples of sed commands using the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''cat seddemo.txtpress Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the word kumar in the lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the fourth and sixth lines&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us first view the contents of the file '''sed demo dot t x t.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the word '''Kumar'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It appears twice in the fourth line and once in the sixth line.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed 's/[kK]umar/Roy/' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s suppose we want to substitute '''Kumar''' with '''Roy.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight one by one&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''s'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''[kK]umar'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Roy'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''forward slashes'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us understand this command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed''' is the stream editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The letter '''s''' stands for substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern matches both uppercase '''Kumar''' and lowercase '''kumar'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word '''Roy''' is the replacement text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forward slashes separate the pattern and the replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file '''sed demo dot txt''' is the input file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
Show the output on the terminal&lt;br /&gt;
||In the output, the word '''Kumar''' is replaced with '''Roy'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Show the output on the terminal and the file '''seddemo.txt''' opened next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight 4th line of both output and in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| But only the first occurrence of the word '''Kumar''' is replaced in each line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This happens because, by default, '''sed''' substitutes only the first match in a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note the substitution happens only on the terminal output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original file '''sed demo dot t x t '''is not modified.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed 's/[kK]umar/Roy/g' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Press Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight the output'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, sed replaces only the first match in each line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To replace all occurrences in a line, we use the g flag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The letter g stands for global substitution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the g flag is used, sed searches the entire line for matches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every matching pattern in that line is replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The g flag is written after the substitution command. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output shows, both occurrences in the fourth line are replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed 's/kumar/Roy/Ig' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
and press Enter.Case-insensitive matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following command and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of specifying lowercase and uppercase letters using brackets, we can use the '''I option'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''I''' option makes the pattern match '''case insensitive'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that the output is the same as the previous command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both methods can be used to produce the same result.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see how to replace '''electronics''' with '''electrical '''and '''civil''' with '''metallurgy.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed -e 's/electronics/electrical/g' -e 's/civil/metallurgy/g' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us understand this code.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''hyphen e''' allows using more than one '''sed''' command in a single line.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''s slash electronics slash electrical slash g '''replaces all occurrences of '''electronics''' with '''electrical.'''&lt;br /&gt;
* '''s slash civil slash metallurgy slash g '''replaces all occurrences of '''civil'''with '''metallurgy.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the replaced words in the output&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that words are replaced.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Context-Based Substitution'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s change the '''stream''' of '''Anirban '''from '''computers''' to '''mathematics'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed '/Anirban/s/computers/mathematics/g' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that computers is changed to mathematics.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Deleting Lines using sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see how to remove all lines containing the word '''electronics'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, select those lines which do not have an electronics stream.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed '/electronics/d' seddemo.txt &amp;gt; nonElectronics.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''/electronics/'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''d'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''nonElectronics.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here, '''slash electronics slash''' is a context address that matches lines containing electronics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''d '''means deletes the matched lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''seddemo dot t x t '''is the input file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
greater than means redirects output to a file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''non Electronics dot t x t''' is the output file.&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open the text editor and show the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Show the output'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us view the contents of the new file '''nonElectronics'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The file shows only those records that are not in the electronics stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may wonder why substitutions are not reflected in the text file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is because all substitution results are displayed only on the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text file is not modified unless explicitly instructed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Inserting Lines Using sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Suppose we want to insert a line at the beginning of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed '1i Student Information' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight one by one&lt;br /&gt;
'''1'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''i'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Student Information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here:&lt;br /&gt;
* 1 is the line number&lt;br /&gt;
* i is the insert command&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Student Information '''is the text to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the line:&lt;br /&gt;
'''Student Information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output shows the line '''Student Information''' inserted at the beginning of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Inserting Multiple Lines'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see how to insert more than one line in the file '''seddemo dot t x t'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Student Information''' in the first line and '''2026''' in the next line.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed '1i Student Information\n2026\nRecords' seddemo.txtpress Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us type this command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to '''\n'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Notice '''backslash n '''between the string '''Information''' and '''2026'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''backslash n '''moves to a new line and prints '''2026 '''in the next line after '''Student Information'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly after 2026, new string '''Records''' is printed in the third line.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform text substitution using '''sed '''command&lt;br /&gt;
* Use the '''g''' flag for global substitution&lt;br /&gt;
* Execute multiple '''sed''' commands using the '''-e''' option&lt;br /&gt;
* Apply substitution based on context&lt;br /&gt;
* Insert and remove lines from a file&lt;br /&gt;
* Redirect '''sed '''output to an output file&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment please do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Using '''sed '''and the file '''seddemo.txt''', replace the word '''computers''' with '''computer-science'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Replace '''electronics''' with '''ece''' in all occurrences.&lt;br /&gt;
* Perform both substitutions in a single command using the '''-e option'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Delete all lines that belong to the '''civil''' department.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10 '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English</id>
		<title>Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:12:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English to Linux-New/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Linux-New/C3/Text-Editing-using-sed/English]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English</id>
		<title>Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:12:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English to Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of script''': '''Introduction to the Stream Editor sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author: EduPyramids '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords''': stream editor, sed, display, substitute, insert, delete, context addressing, Line addressing, edupyramids, video tutorial. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Introduction to the Stream Editor sed'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''sed''' as a stream editor to process text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Print specific lines from a file.&lt;br /&gt;
* Apply line-based addressing techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use context-based addressing with pattern matching.&lt;br /&gt;
* Redirect matched output to files.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Ubuntu OS '''version 24 point 04 and&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Bash''' version 5 point 1 point 16.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://EduPyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org] &lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
* Learners should have '''Ubuntu '''version''' 24 point 04 '''.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Bash''' version 5 point 1 point 16 and&lt;br /&gt;
* Should know the basics of '''Linux''' terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
* For the prerequisite of '''Linux''' tutorials please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
# '''seddemo.txt.'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''sed-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
* These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction to sed'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* '''sed''' is one of the most versatile tools available in Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is a '''stream editor''' used to process text line by line.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sed '''can function both as a display tool and an editing tool.&lt;br /&gt;
* It supports editing operations such as insertion, substitution and deletion.&lt;br /&gt;
* By default, '''sed ''' sends its output to the standard output.&lt;br /&gt;
* The original file remains unchanged unless '''sed''' is explicitly instructed to modify it.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Open the file '''seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the lines, marks and student details.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us start with a few examples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will see how to print lines using the '''sed''' command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have a file called '''sed demo dot t x t''' in the home directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file is provided in the code files folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please download it and move it to your Home directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us view its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This file contains entries such as roll no, name, stream, marks, result and the stipend amount.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Press '''Ctrl + Alt + T keys.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us open the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:'''sed '2p' seddemo.txt''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let’s print the second line of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed space single quote 2 p single quote space sed demo dot t x t'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight p'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
highlight the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hover your mouse on the second line of the output&lt;br /&gt;
|| Here,  2  specifies the location, which is the second line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The letter '''p''' specifies the action, which is printing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It shows the entire file but the second line appears twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the default behavior of '''sed'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed''' prints every line by default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''p''' option prints the specified line again.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the prompt type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed -n '2p' seddemo.txt '''Press''' Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| To print only the second line, type this command and press''' Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Highlight -n'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight 2'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight p'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight sed demo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Observe that only the second line is printed.&lt;br /&gt;
* The '''hyphen n ''' option suppresses the default output of sed.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''2''' specifies the line number to display or edit.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''p''' specifies the action to perform.&lt;br /&gt;
* It tells '''sed''' to print the selected line.&lt;br /&gt;
* '''sed demo dot t x t''' specifies the input file name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the general syntax of the '''sed''' command. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the prompt type:'''sed -n '$p' seddemo.txt''' Press''' Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight -n'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight $ sign'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now let us print the last line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and''' '''press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see that the last line is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''hyphen n''' suppresses automatic printing of all lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dollar refers to the last line of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the prompt&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed -n '3,6p' seddemo.txt '''press''' Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight the output'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us just print the entries from the third line to the sixth line of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays the lines from the third line to the sixth line.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type'''sed -n '3,6!p' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press''' Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Show the file on one side and the output comparison'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| If we want to print all lines except the third to the sixth lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any action can be reversed by placing an exclamation mark before the command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows us to select the complementary set of lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output displays all lines except lines 3 to 6.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| So far, we have specified the lines in a file on which an action applies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is known as '''line addressing.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see an example.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight the lines with word computers in the text editor- show the text file '''seddemo.txt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the prompt'''sed -n '/[cC]omputers/p' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight '''-n'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
highlight '''/[cC]omputers/'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''highlight p'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
highlight '''/[cC]omputers/'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Suppose we want to print the lines containing the word '''computers'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the Terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''hyphen n '''suppresses default output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the '''Context address'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It matches lines containing the word computers with small c and capital C.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''p''', prints the matched lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The lines containing the word '''computers''' are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We enclose parts of the pattern within square brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows us to match any one character present inside the brackets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When using a pattern in '''sed''', it must be written '''between forward slashes'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''sed -n '/[cC]omputers/w computer-student' seddemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Open file and show the computer-student '''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us now see how to write the matched output to a file using the '''w''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type the following command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output is redirected to a file instead of getting displayed on the terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful for extracting specific lines into a separate file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matching lines are saved in the file '''computer hyphen student'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''cat computer-student '''andPress '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us view the content of the '''computer hyphen student '''file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
type '''cat''' '''space''' '''computer hyphen student''' and press''' Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see that lines that match the given pattern are in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type the following command.'''sed -n -e '/electronics/w electro' -e '/civil/w civil' seddemo.txt'''Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight -e'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight /electronics/w electro'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Highlight /civil/w civil'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Show the two files created&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see how we can use '''multiple sed expressions''' in a single command. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This allows us to write different matched lines to separate files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press '''Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''hyphen e''' option allows combining multiple sed commands in a single line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''slash electronics slash w electro '''writes lines matching electronics to '''electro '''file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''slash civil slash w civil''' writes lines matching civil to '''civil '''file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After running the command, two text files, '''electro''' and '''civil''', are created with the matched lines.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''cat electro '''Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the contents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''cat civil'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press Enter&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the contents&lt;br /&gt;
|| To see what they contain, type '''cat space electro '''and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This displays the entries with the word '''electronics'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us see the contents of the file '''civil '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''cat space civil ''' and press''' Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This displays the entries having the word '''civil'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| We will see more sed commands in the upcoming tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Use '''sed''' as a stream editor to process text&lt;br /&gt;
* Print specific lines from a file&lt;br /&gt;
* Apply line-based addressing techniques&lt;br /&gt;
* Use context-based addressing with pattern matching&lt;br /&gt;
* Redirect matched output to files&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using the text file '''seddemo.txt''',&lt;br /&gt;
# Print only the first five lines of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Print all lines that do not contain the word &amp;quot;failed&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Write all lines containing the word student into a file named '''student-list.txt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 11'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by '''EduPyramids''' Educational Services Private Limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English</id>
		<title>Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:12:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English to Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-the-Stream-Editor-sed/English]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Mastering-grep/English</id>
		<title>Linux-New/C3/Mastering-grep/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Mastering-grep/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:11:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Mastering-grep/English to Linux-New/C3/Mastering-grep/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;﻿'''TITLE: Mastering Grep'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author:''' EduPyramids'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' grep, search, pattern matching, regular expressions, extended regex, case-insensitive search, character classes, anchors, dot operator, asterisk operator, Linux, Ubuntu, Bash, text search, EduPyramids, video tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue''' &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration''' &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Slide 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Mastering grep'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2 '''&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Match more than one pattern&lt;br /&gt;
* Check a word that has a different spelling&lt;br /&gt;
* Character classes&lt;br /&gt;
* Use of '''*''' operators&lt;br /&gt;
* Match any one character using dot&lt;br /&gt;
* Match a pattern at the beginning and ending of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Match more than one pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
* Check a word that has a different spelling.&lt;br /&gt;
* Character classes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use of '''asterisk''' operators.&lt;br /&gt;
* Match any one character using a dot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Match a pattern at the beginning and ending of a line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ubuntu OS '''version 24 point zero 4. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://edupyramids.org/ https://EduPyramids.org]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learners should have '''Ubuntu '''version 24 point zero 4. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And should be familiar with basic Linux terminal commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the prerequisite Linux tutorials please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grepdemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us get started with grep commands.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Note: Please type the commands on the terminal don't paste as the double quotes are wrong.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''grep -e &amp;quot;electronics” -e &amp;quot;civil&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''Press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
|| We can match multiple patterns using the '''hyphen e''' option in '''grep'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We will use the same example file, '''grep demo dot t x t'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us get the details of students from the Civil or Electronics stream. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output displays both the civil and electronics students records.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''grep -ie “choudhury” -ie “chowdhari” grepdemo.txt '''Press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type''' clear and press Enter.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now we wish to search for people whose title is Choudhury.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The issue is that the title may be spelled in different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How can we handle this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In such cases, we can perform a case-insensitive search using the '''hyphen i '''option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can as well combine it with multiple '''hyphen e''' options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This helps to match different spellings of the same word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press''' Enter.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output is displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there can be many other ways to write the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We could use many -e options, but a better solution is Regular Expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me clear the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| There are several special characters used in regular expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us look at some examples.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| In terminal type '''grep -i “ch[ao][uw]dh[ua]r[yi]”''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grepdemo.txt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter Add annotation for this'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| A character class is a part of a regular expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand character class type this command and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This matches most variations of the name chowdhury spelt differently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it still does not match '''choudhuree''' with double '''e'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep -i “m[ei]*ra*” grepdemo.txt''' press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us match a student's name Mira in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The asterisk operator is a regular expression operator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It matches zero or more repetitions of the preceding character or pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter''' to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We see records of Mira with 3 different spellings here.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''grep &amp;quot;M… &amp;quot; grepdemo.txt''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| For example, type this command &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dot is a special character in regular expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It matches any single character, except the newline character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It searches for four letter words that start with '''M'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each dot matches one character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The space after the dots ensures only four-letter matches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This avoids matching words longer than four letters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows records for students '''Mani''' and '''Mira'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| At the prompt type '''grep &amp;quot;^A&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us use anchors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, we will extract entries with roll numbers starting with A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The roll number is the first field in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An anchor is a special symbol used in regular expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It specifies where a pattern should match in a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anchors do not match any character, they match only a position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only lines with roll numbers starting with A are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''caret''' acts as an anchor for the beginning of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grep matches lines where the first character is '''A'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All other lines, starting with different characters, are ignored.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type: '''grep &amp;quot;1$&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt'''Press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type: '''grep &amp;quot;[78]...$&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us match a pattern at the end of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To match a pattern at the end of a line, we use the dollar sign. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find stipends between 7000 to 8999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only lines with stipend numbers ending in the specified digit are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is, the numbers between 7000 and 8999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
grep ignores all other lines that do not match this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, it searches for 7 or 8 first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then any 3 characters following it, from the end of the file '''grep demo dot t x t'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt to:&lt;br /&gt;
* Match more than one pattern&lt;br /&gt;
* Check a word that has a different spelling&lt;br /&gt;
* Character classes&lt;br /&gt;
* Use of '''*''' operators&lt;br /&gt;
* Match any one character using dot&lt;br /&gt;
* Match a pattern at the beginning and ending of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for students whose names contain the letters “ra” in sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
# Find entries where the stream is either “Mechanical” or “Electrical.”&lt;br /&gt;
# List all students whose roll numbers end with the digit 5.&lt;br /&gt;
# Count how many students have a stipend greater than 5000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids educational services private limited SINE IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
||  Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Mastering-grep/English</id>
		<title>Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Mastering-grep/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Mastering-grep/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:11:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Mastering-grep/English to Linux-New/C3/Mastering-grep/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Linux-New/C3/Mastering-grep/English]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-grep-command/English</id>
		<title>Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-grep-command/English</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-grep-command/English"/>
				<updated>2026-03-24T11:11:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Madhurig: Madhurig moved page Linux-Ubuntu/C3/Introduction-to-grep-command/English to Linux-New/C3/Introduction-to-grep-command/English&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''Title of the Script: Introduction to grep command.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Author:''' EduPyramids.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Keywords:''' '''grep, pattern matching, case-insensitive, inverse match, multiword search, line numbers, count matches, edupyramids, video tutorial.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Visual Cue'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Narration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Title Slide'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Introduction to grep command'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Learning Objectives'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to:&lt;br /&gt;
* View the content of a file &lt;br /&gt;
* List entries of a particular stream &lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore cases while searching&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle lines that do not match a pattern &lt;br /&gt;
* Display line numbers with the entries &lt;br /&gt;
* Store the result in another file &lt;br /&gt;
* Count the number of matches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 3'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''System Requirements'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To record this tutorial, I am using&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ubuntu OS '''version 24 point zero 4&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 4Pre-requisites'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''https://EduPyramids.org'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| To follow this tutorial,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learners should have '''Ubuntu version 24 point zero 4'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And should be familiar with basic Linux terminal commands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the prerequisite Linux tutorials please visit this website.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 5'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Code Files'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# '''grepdemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
# '''igc-commands.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|| The following code files are required to practice this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These files are provided in the Code Files link of this tutorial page.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| First let us learn about regular expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 6'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Regular Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
* Regular expressions are patterns used to match text.&lt;br /&gt;
* They help to search and filter information in files.&lt;br /&gt;
* They can match words, numbers, or character sequences.&lt;br /&gt;
* In Linux, commands like '''grep''' use regular expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 7'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep command '''&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
* '''grep''' is a '''Linux''' command used to search text.&lt;br /&gt;
* It finds lines that match a given pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
* It works on files or standard input.&lt;br /&gt;
* It supports regular expressions for searching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Download code file.Cut and paste to Home directory.open '''grepdemo.txt '''code file.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We will now demonstrate the '''grep''' command using the '''grepdemo.txt file'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download this file and move it to your home directory.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| show the entries and point to the separation bar (|) &lt;br /&gt;
|| This file contains 13 entries.Each entry has a roll number, name, stream, marks, result, and stipend. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fields are separated by a vertical bar, which acts as a '''delimiter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Note: Please type the commands on the terminal don't paste as the double quotes are wrong.'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us see how grep works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s find students from the computer’s stream.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep &amp;quot;computers&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''press enterShow side by side '''grepdemo.txt '''file entries.&lt;br /&gt;
|| At the terminal type, '''grep space double quote computers double quote space grepdemo dot t x t '''and press '''Enter'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows entries from the computer’s stream.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us compare it with the original file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Highlight Zubin entry in the file&lt;br /&gt;
|| Notice that the entry for Zubin is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This happens because '''grep''' is case sensitive. &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the capital C&lt;br /&gt;
|| Why is this entry missing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep''' searched for computers in lowercase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zubin’s stream is written as Computers with a capital '''C'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''grep -i &amp;quot;computers&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''Highlight '''-i'''press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| Pattern matching is case sensitive by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To make it case insensitive, we need to use the '''hyphen i '''option with '''grep'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Now, all four matching entries are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe that,''' grep''' lists only the lines that match a given pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can also do the reverse.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''grep -iv &amp;quot;pass&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''Highlight '''-v'''press '''Enter'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Point to the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command. The '''hyphen v '''option lists the lines that do not match a pattern. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''Enter '''to see the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Output shows students who failed or have incomplete results.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Show side by side home folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type '''grep -iv &amp;quot;pass&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt &amp;gt; notpass.txt''' press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us store the output in a file named '''not pass dot t x t'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press''' Enter'''.The file is created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''cat notpass.txt '''press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To view the students who have not passed, type '''cat space not pass dot t x t '''and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''grep -i &amp;quot;fail&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight''' '''output&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command to list the failed students and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output shows all students who have failed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep -in &amp;quot;fail&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us use the '''hyphen n '''option to show line numbers with matching entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type '''clear '''press''' Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| Let us clear the terminal screen.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
|| So far, we used single-word patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For multi-word patterns, we have to put the entire pattern in quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep -i &amp;quot;ankit saraf&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt '''press enter&lt;br /&gt;
|| Type this command and press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that '''Ankit Saraf''''s record is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| At the prompt type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep -i &amp;quot;fail&amp;quot; grepdemo.txt notpass.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
press''' Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| We can also find patterns in multiple files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press''' Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Observe the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Point to the output.&lt;br /&gt;
|| While searching for multiple files, '''grep''' shows the filename for each match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, '''grep demo dot t x t '''and '''not pass dot t x t '''are searched.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Show only the inside files contents of '''notpass.txt '''and '''grepdemo.txt'''&lt;br /&gt;
|| These are the records from '''not pass dot t x t''' file and these are the records from '''grep demo dot t x t''' file.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| Type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''grep -c “Fail” grepdemo.txt''' press '''Enter'''.&lt;br /&gt;
|| To display only the number of matches, use the '''hyphen c''' option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Type this command and press the '''Enter '''key. Output shows the number of matches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 8'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Summary'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this tutorial, we have learnt to:&lt;br /&gt;
* View the content of a file &lt;br /&gt;
* List entries of a particular stream &lt;br /&gt;
* Ignore cases while searching&lt;br /&gt;
* Handle lines that do not match a pattern &lt;br /&gt;
* Display line numbers with the entries &lt;br /&gt;
* Store the result in another file &lt;br /&gt;
* Count the number of matches&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| With this we come to the end of this tutorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let us summarise.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 9'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Assignment'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an assignment,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Use grep to find all students in the “Maths” stream in grepdemo.txt.&lt;br /&gt;
# List lines that do not contain civil and save to '''nonCivil.txt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
# Show line numbers of entries containing fail.&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for a multi word pattern, for example Mani Chowdhari, in '''grepdemo.txt'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|| As an assignment, please do the following.&lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
|| '''Slide 10'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Thank you'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This Spoken Tutorial is brought to you by EduPyramids Educational Services Private Limited, SINE, IIT Bombay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||  Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Madhurig</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>